1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/tilde.h"
74 /* readline defines this. */
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "extension.h"
80 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
81 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
84 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
87 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
89 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
92 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
93 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
94 enum bptype type_wanted
);
96 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
97 struct linespec_result
*,
98 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
101 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
103 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
104 int, int, int, unsigned);
106 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
107 (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
108 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
110 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
111 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
113 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
117 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
118 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
119 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
121 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
123 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
124 struct symtab_and_line
,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct breakpoint
*
129 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
134 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
136 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
140 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
141 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
142 struct obj_section
*, int);
144 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
145 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
147 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
148 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
149 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
152 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
156 const address_space
*,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
162 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
170 int *other_type_used
);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
175 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
177 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
179 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
180 insert locations now. */
181 enum ugll_insert_mode
183 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
184 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
185 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
186 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
187 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
188 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
189 returns true on them.
191 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
192 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
193 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
194 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
195 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
196 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
200 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
201 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
204 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
205 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
206 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
207 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
208 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
209 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
210 as no thread is running yet. */
214 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
216 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
218 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
220 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
222 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
224 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
226 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
228 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
231 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
233 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
234 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
235 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
236 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
238 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
239 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
241 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
242 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
244 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
246 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
251 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
254 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
255 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
257 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
258 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
259 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
260 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
261 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
262 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
264 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
265 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
266 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
267 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
273 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
275 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
276 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
277 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
278 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
280 static char *dprintf_function
;
282 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
284 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
285 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
286 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
287 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
288 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
290 static char *dprintf_channel
;
292 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
294 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
296 struct command_line
*
297 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
299 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
302 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
303 current breakpoint. */
305 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
308 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
310 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
311 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
313 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
315 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
318 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
319 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
320 if such is available. */
321 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
324 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
325 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
328 fprintf_filtered (file
,
329 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
330 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
334 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
335 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
336 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
337 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
338 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
340 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
341 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
344 fprintf_filtered (file
,
345 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
346 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
350 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
351 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
352 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
353 use hardware breakpoints. */
354 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
356 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
357 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
360 fprintf_filtered (file
,
361 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
365 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
366 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
367 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
368 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
369 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
370 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
371 processing user input. */
372 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
375 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
376 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
378 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
382 /* See breakpoint.h. */
385 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
387 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
389 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
390 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
391 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
396 if (always_inserted_mode
)
398 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
403 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
404 if (inf
->has_execution ()
405 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
408 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
409 stopped, we still have events to process. */
410 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
412 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
418 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
420 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
421 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
422 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
423 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
424 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
425 condition_evaluation_auto
,
426 condition_evaluation_host
,
427 condition_evaluation_target
,
431 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
432 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
434 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
435 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
436 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
438 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
439 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
440 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
444 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
446 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
448 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
449 return condition_evaluation_target
;
451 return condition_evaluation_host
;
457 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
460 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
462 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
465 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
469 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
471 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
473 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
476 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
477 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
479 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
480 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
482 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
483 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
485 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
487 current breakpoint. */
489 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
491 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
492 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
493 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
496 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
497 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
498 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
500 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
501 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
502 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
505 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
506 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
507 to where the loop should start from.
508 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
509 appropriate location to start with. */
511 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
512 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
513 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
515 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
516 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
519 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
521 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
522 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
523 if (is_tracepoint (B))
525 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
527 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
529 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
531 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
533 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
535 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
537 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
538 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
539 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
540 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
541 an address you need to read. */
543 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
545 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
546 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
547 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
548 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
549 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
551 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
553 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
554 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
555 reported by a target. */
556 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
558 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
560 static int breakpoint_count
;
562 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
563 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
564 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
565 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
566 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
568 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
570 static int tracepoint_count
;
572 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
573 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
574 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
576 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
579 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
582 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
586 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
593 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
595 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
597 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
600 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
603 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
605 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
606 breakpoint_count
= num
;
607 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
610 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
611 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
612 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
614 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
617 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
619 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
622 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
625 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
627 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
630 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
633 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
642 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
643 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
646 get_breakpoint (int num
)
648 struct breakpoint
*b
;
651 if (b
->number
== num
)
659 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
660 evaluating conditions on its side. */
663 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
665 struct bp_location
*loc
;
667 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
668 evaluating conditions and if the user has
669 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
671 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
672 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
675 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
678 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
679 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
682 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
683 evaluating conditions on its side. */
686 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
688 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
689 evaluating conditions and if the user has
690 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
692 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
693 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
697 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
700 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
703 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
704 condition_evaluation_mode. */
707 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
708 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
710 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
712 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
713 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
715 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
716 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
717 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
721 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
722 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
724 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
725 settings was "auto". */
726 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
728 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
729 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
731 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
732 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
733 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
735 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
736 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
739 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
741 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
744 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
748 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
749 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
750 target knows about. */
751 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
752 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
753 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
757 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
763 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
764 what "auto" is translating to. */
767 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
768 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
770 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
771 fprintf_filtered (file
,
772 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
773 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
775 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
777 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
781 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
782 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
783 the more general bp_location_is_less_than function. */
786 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
788 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
789 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
791 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
794 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
797 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
798 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
799 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
802 static struct bp_location
**
803 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
805 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
806 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
807 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
809 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
810 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
812 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
813 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
814 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
815 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
816 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
818 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
819 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
822 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
823 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
824 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
825 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
831 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
832 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
833 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
834 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
837 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
838 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
840 bool has_junk
= false;
843 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
844 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
845 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
849 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
850 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
851 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
852 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
855 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
858 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
862 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
863 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
864 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
867 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
868 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
870 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
871 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
874 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
878 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
882 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
883 int from_tty
, bool force
)
887 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
888 b
->cond_string
= nullptr;
890 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
891 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
895 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
899 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
900 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
902 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
905 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
906 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
907 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
912 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
916 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
918 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
919 const char *arg
= exp
;
920 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
922 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
923 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
924 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
925 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
929 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
930 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
931 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
932 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
933 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
934 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
935 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
936 state of locations in case of a reject. */
937 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
941 const char *arg
= exp
;
942 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
943 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
945 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
948 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
950 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
951 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
953 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
958 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
960 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr;
961 loc
= loc
->next
, loc_num
++)
962 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
965 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
966 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
967 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
968 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (exp
);
969 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
971 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
973 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
976 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
978 struct condition_command_opts
981 bool force_condition
= false;
984 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
986 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
988 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
989 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
994 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
995 CC_OPTS as context. */
997 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
998 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1000 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1003 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1006 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1007 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1008 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1010 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1011 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1012 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1013 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1014 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1017 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1018 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1026 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1027 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1028 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1029 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1033 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1034 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1035 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1036 positionally the first argument. */
1037 if (has_no_arguments
)
1038 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1040 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1041 len
= strlen (text
);
1047 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1049 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1050 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1056 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1057 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1058 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1060 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1061 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1064 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1067 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1069 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1074 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1078 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1079 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1080 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1081 gdb::option::process_options
1082 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1084 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1086 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1089 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1091 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1092 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1093 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1094 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1095 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1097 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1099 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1100 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1101 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1103 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1105 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1106 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1111 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1114 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1115 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1116 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1119 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1121 struct command_line
*c
;
1123 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1125 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1126 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1127 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1130 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1132 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1133 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1134 command directly. */
1135 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1136 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1138 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1139 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1143 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1145 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1148 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1151 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1153 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1154 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1155 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1159 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1161 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1164 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1167 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1169 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1172 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1175 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1176 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1180 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1181 b
= new tracepoint ();
1182 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1183 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1185 b
= new breakpoint ();
1187 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1190 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1191 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1195 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1196 struct command_line
*commands
)
1198 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1200 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1201 struct command_line
*c
;
1202 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1204 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1205 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1209 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1210 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1211 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1212 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1213 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1214 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1215 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1216 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1217 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1218 tracepoint's context. */
1219 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1221 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1223 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1224 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1225 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1226 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1227 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1228 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1231 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1232 "can be used only once"));
1237 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1241 struct command_line
*c2
;
1243 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1244 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1245 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1247 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1248 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1254 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1258 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1259 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1261 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1262 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1264 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1265 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1266 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1269 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1271 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1272 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1273 found
.push_back (b
);
1279 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1280 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1283 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1284 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1286 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1288 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1289 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1292 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1293 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1297 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1299 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1302 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1303 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1306 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1307 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1310 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1312 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1315 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1316 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1319 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1320 breakpoint work for any task. */
1323 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1325 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1328 if (old_task
!= task
)
1329 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1333 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1334 struct command_line
*control
)
1336 counted_command_line cmd
;
1337 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1338 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1339 list of command by just typing "end". */
1340 bool cmd_read
= false;
1342 std::string new_arg
;
1344 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1346 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1347 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1348 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1350 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1351 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1355 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1356 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1357 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1358 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1359 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1362 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1364 map_breakpoint_numbers
1365 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1369 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1370 if (control
!= NULL
)
1371 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1375 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1376 "%s, one per line."),
1379 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1381 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1383 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1384 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1385 validator
= do_validate
;
1387 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1392 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1394 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1396 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1398 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1404 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1406 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1409 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1410 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1412 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1413 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1414 enum command_control_type
1415 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1417 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1418 return simple_control
;
1421 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1424 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1426 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1430 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1431 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1436 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1437 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1440 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1441 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1442 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1445 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1446 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1447 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1448 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1449 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1451 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1452 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1456 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1457 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1459 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1463 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1465 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1466 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1468 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1470 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1475 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1477 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1482 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1483 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1485 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1486 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1487 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1491 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1493 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1494 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1497 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1499 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1500 shadow_contents buffer. */
1501 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1502 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1503 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1505 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1507 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1508 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1512 const unsigned char *bp
;
1513 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1516 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1517 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1518 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1520 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1522 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1524 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1525 breakpoint's INSN. */
1526 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1530 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1531 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1533 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1534 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1535 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1537 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1538 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1539 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1540 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1541 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1542 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1543 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1544 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1546 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1549 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1550 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1551 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1553 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1555 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1557 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1558 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1559 report higher one. */
1562 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1563 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1565 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1567 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1568 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1570 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1571 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1572 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1573 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1575 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1576 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1577 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1579 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1581 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1588 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1589 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1590 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1591 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1592 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1595 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1597 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1598 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1599 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1602 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1605 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1607 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1609 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1611 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1612 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1613 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1616 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1619 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1620 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1621 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1624 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1627 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1628 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1632 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1635 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1637 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1638 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1639 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1642 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1645 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1647 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1648 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1649 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1652 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1655 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1657 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1658 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1661 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1662 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1663 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1664 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1665 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1666 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1667 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1668 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1671 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1673 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1674 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1675 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1676 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1679 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1680 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1683 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1685 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1687 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1688 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1689 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1690 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1691 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1693 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1696 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1699 static struct value
*
1700 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1702 struct value
*bit_val
;
1707 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1709 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1712 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1719 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1720 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1721 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1722 to be able to report stops. */
1725 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1726 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1728 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1730 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1731 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1732 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1733 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1736 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1737 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1740 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1742 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1744 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1745 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1746 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1749 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1750 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1751 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1752 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1754 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1756 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1757 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1760 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1761 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1762 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1763 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1764 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1765 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1766 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1767 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1769 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1770 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1771 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1772 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1773 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1774 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1775 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1776 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1779 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1780 hardware watchpoints:
1782 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1783 called several times when GDB stops.
1786 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1787 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1788 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1789 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1790 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1791 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1792 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1793 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1794 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1795 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1796 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1798 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1799 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1802 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1804 int within_current_scope
;
1805 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1808 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1809 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1810 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1811 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1814 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1819 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1820 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1821 within_current_scope
= 1;
1824 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1825 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1826 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1828 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1829 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1830 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1831 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1832 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1835 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1836 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1837 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1838 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1841 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1843 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1844 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1845 if (within_current_scope
)
1849 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1850 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1851 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1854 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1859 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1860 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1861 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1862 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1863 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1864 be completely different objects. */
1866 b
->val_valid
= false;
1868 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1869 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1870 locations (re)created below. */
1871 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1873 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1876 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1880 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1881 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1882 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1883 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1884 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1885 if (!target_has_execution ())
1887 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1888 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1889 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1890 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1892 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1893 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1895 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1896 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1899 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1902 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1903 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1904 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1906 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, false);
1908 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1909 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1910 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1911 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1912 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1914 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1916 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1917 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1918 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1919 b
->val_valid
= true;
1922 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1924 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1925 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1926 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1930 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1931 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1932 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1933 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1934 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1935 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1936 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1938 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1940 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1941 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1942 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1944 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1945 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1948 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1949 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1950 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1952 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1954 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1956 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1957 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1959 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1961 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1962 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1963 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1964 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1965 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1968 addr
= value_address (v
);
1971 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1976 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1978 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1981 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1982 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1985 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
1987 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1988 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1992 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1993 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1996 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1998 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2003 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2004 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2005 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2010 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2011 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2013 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2017 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2020 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2021 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2022 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2024 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2025 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2026 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2027 this watchpoint in as well. */
2029 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2030 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2031 hardware watchpoint type. */
2033 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2034 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2036 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2037 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2038 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2039 through watch_command), so always account for it
2042 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2043 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2045 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2046 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2049 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2050 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2052 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2054 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2055 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2056 "hardware watchpoint."));
2057 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2058 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2059 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2061 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2062 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2066 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2067 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2068 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2073 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2075 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2076 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2077 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2079 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2080 "read/access watchpoint."));
2083 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2085 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2086 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2087 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2088 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2091 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2092 above left it without any location set up. But,
2093 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2094 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2095 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2096 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2098 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2100 printf_filtered (_("\
2101 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2102 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2104 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2107 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2109 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2113 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2114 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2115 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2116 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2117 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2119 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2121 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2124 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2127 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2128 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2131 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2134 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2135 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2136 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2137 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2138 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2139 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2140 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2141 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2142 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2145 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2146 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2147 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2149 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2150 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2151 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2153 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2154 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2155 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2156 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2157 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2158 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2159 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2160 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2161 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2163 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2164 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2168 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2169 instruction that triggered one. */
2170 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2171 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2173 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2174 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2175 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2182 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2183 that the location is not duplicated. */
2186 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2189 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2192 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2193 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2197 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2198 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2199 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2200 any error during parsing. */
2202 static agent_expr_up
2203 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2208 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2210 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2211 that may show up. */
2214 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2217 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2219 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2220 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2221 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2224 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2228 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2229 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2230 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2231 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2232 one of them is true. */
2235 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2237 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2238 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2239 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2240 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2242 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2243 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2245 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2246 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2247 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2249 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2250 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2253 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2254 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2255 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2256 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2257 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2258 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2259 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2260 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2265 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2269 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2270 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2271 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2272 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2273 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2277 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2278 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2279 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2281 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2287 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2288 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2289 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2291 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2292 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2293 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2295 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2298 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2302 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2305 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2310 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2311 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2312 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2313 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2314 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2316 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2320 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2321 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2322 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2324 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2326 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2327 to send the conditions to the target. */
2328 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2335 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2336 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2337 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2339 static agent_expr_up
2340 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2342 const char *cmdrest
;
2343 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2344 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2351 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2353 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2355 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2356 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2358 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2360 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2362 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2364 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2365 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2367 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2369 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2370 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2372 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2374 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2376 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2378 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2379 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2384 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2385 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2387 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2391 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2393 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2394 that may show up. */
2397 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2398 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2399 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2401 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2403 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2404 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2405 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2408 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2412 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2413 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2414 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2417 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2419 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2420 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2421 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2422 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2424 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2425 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2427 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2430 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2431 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2434 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2435 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2436 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2438 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2441 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2442 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2443 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2447 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2448 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2449 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2450 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2451 response back to GDB. */
2452 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2455 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2459 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2460 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2461 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2462 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2464 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2465 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2468 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2469 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2470 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2472 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2478 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2480 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2482 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2485 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2486 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2488 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2490 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2493 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2498 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2499 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2500 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2501 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2502 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2503 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2504 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2505 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2506 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2509 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2510 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2511 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2512 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2513 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2515 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2517 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2518 to send the commands to the target. */
2519 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2523 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2524 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2525 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2526 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2529 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2530 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2531 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2535 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2537 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2539 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2540 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2542 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2544 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2548 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2551 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2552 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2553 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2554 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2557 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2558 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2560 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2561 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2562 int *disabled_breaks
,
2563 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2564 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2566 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2568 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2571 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2572 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2573 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2574 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2575 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2576 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2577 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2578 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2579 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2580 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2581 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2582 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2584 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2585 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2586 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2587 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2589 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2591 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2592 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2593 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2594 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2597 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2598 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2599 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2600 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2601 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2602 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2603 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2605 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2607 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2609 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2610 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2611 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2612 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2614 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2619 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2620 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2623 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2624 || bl
->section
== NULL
2625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2632 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2634 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2636 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2638 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2643 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2644 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2645 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2647 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2648 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2649 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2650 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2651 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2655 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2657 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2658 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2659 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2661 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2666 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2667 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2668 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2669 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2670 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2673 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2675 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2677 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2680 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2681 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2682 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2683 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2687 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2688 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2690 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2695 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2697 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2699 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2701 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2706 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2707 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2712 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2714 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2716 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2717 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2718 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2719 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2720 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2721 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2722 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2723 errors as memory errors. */
2724 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2725 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2726 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2727 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2728 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2729 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2732 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2733 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2734 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2735 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2737 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2738 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2740 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2741 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2742 "library breakpoints:\n");
2744 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2745 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2746 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2751 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2753 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2754 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2755 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2756 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2758 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2759 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2760 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2765 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2768 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2769 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2771 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2772 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2774 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2778 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2779 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2794 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2795 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2796 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2797 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2801 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2802 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2804 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2806 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2807 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2808 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2810 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2812 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2813 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2815 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2817 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2818 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2822 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2823 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2830 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2831 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2834 /* Back to the original value. */
2835 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2839 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2842 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2846 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2847 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2849 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2852 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2856 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2857 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2859 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2862 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2864 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2865 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2866 so just return success. */
2873 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2874 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2878 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2880 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2881 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2883 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2886 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2887 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2890 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2891 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2894 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2896 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2898 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2899 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2900 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2902 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2903 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2905 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2911 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2912 removed locations above. */
2913 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2916 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2917 Throws exception on any error.
2918 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2919 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2921 insert_breakpoints (void)
2923 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2925 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2926 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2928 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2930 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2933 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2934 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2935 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2936 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2937 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2938 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2940 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2943 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2946 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2948 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2950 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2952 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2956 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2957 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2958 always-inserted mode. */
2961 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2963 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2966 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2967 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2968 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2970 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2972 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2973 there was an error. */
2974 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2976 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2978 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2980 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2982 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2985 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2986 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2987 deletion of breakpoints. */
2988 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2991 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2993 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2994 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2995 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2996 insert breakpoints. */
2997 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2998 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3001 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3002 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3009 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3010 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3014 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3017 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3019 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3020 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3023 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3024 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3025 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3027 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3029 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3030 there was an error. */
3031 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3033 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3035 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3037 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3040 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3041 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3042 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3043 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3044 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3047 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3049 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3050 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3051 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3052 insert breakpoints. */
3053 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3054 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3057 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3058 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3063 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3064 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3065 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3067 int some_failed
= 0;
3068 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3070 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3073 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3076 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3079 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3080 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3087 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3089 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3091 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3092 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3093 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3101 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3102 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3103 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3105 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3106 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3108 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3109 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3113 /* Used when the program stops.
3114 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3115 removing a breakpoint location. */
3118 remove_breakpoints (void)
3120 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3123 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3125 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3126 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3131 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3135 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3137 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3141 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3143 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3145 printf_filtered (_("\
3146 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3147 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3149 /* Hide it from the user. */
3155 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3158 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3160 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3165 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3168 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3170 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3177 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3179 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3180 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3181 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3182 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3183 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3184 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3186 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3189 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3192 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3193 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3197 static struct breakpoint
*
3198 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3199 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3200 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3202 symtab_and_line sal
;
3204 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3205 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3207 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3208 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3209 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3214 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3216 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3218 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3220 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3221 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3223 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3224 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3226 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3227 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3229 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3230 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3232 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3234 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3236 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3237 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3239 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3240 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3242 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3243 int exception_searched
= 0;
3245 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3247 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3250 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3251 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3253 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3254 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3256 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3259 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3261 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3264 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3265 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3267 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3268 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3270 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3272 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3273 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3274 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3275 return bp_objfile_data
;
3279 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3281 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3283 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3286 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3288 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3290 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3295 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3297 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3299 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3300 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3302 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3306 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3309 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3313 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3314 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3315 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3317 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3319 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3320 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3325 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3330 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3331 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3334 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3336 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3337 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3338 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3340 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3342 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3343 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3347 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3350 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3352 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3353 because it does not know how to evaluate
3358 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3359 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3362 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3365 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3367 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3369 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3370 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3372 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3373 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3374 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3380 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3381 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3384 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3386 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3387 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3391 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3392 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3394 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3396 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3397 const char *func_name
;
3399 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3401 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3404 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3405 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3407 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3409 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3410 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3412 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3413 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3416 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3419 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3420 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3421 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3422 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3423 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3424 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3425 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3429 return installed_bp
> 0;
3432 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3435 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3437 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3439 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3441 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3443 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3445 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3446 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3449 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3450 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3453 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3455 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3456 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3462 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3464 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3466 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3468 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3470 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3474 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3476 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3478 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3479 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3480 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3482 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3484 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3487 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3489 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3491 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3492 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3493 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3495 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3496 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3499 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3502 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3503 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3504 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3505 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3506 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3507 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3508 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3509 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3514 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3515 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3518 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3520 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3521 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3522 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3524 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3526 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3527 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3529 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3530 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3534 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3537 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3539 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3540 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3544 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3545 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3548 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3551 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3553 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3555 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3556 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3557 bp_exception_master
,
3558 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3559 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3560 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3566 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3567 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3570 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3572 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3573 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3574 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3575 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3577 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3579 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3581 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3584 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3586 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3588 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3590 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3591 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3593 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3597 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3600 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3601 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3602 current_top_target ());
3603 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3605 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3606 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3607 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3608 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3613 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3616 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3618 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3620 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3621 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3624 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3625 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3628 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3629 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3630 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3631 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3636 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3639 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3641 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3645 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3647 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3648 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3650 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3651 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3652 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3653 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3654 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3655 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3656 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3657 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3658 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3659 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3660 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3664 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3667 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3668 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3670 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3674 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3675 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3677 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3681 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3682 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3683 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3684 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3685 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3687 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3691 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3692 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3694 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3698 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3699 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3701 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3705 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3707 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3708 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3709 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3711 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3715 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3717 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3718 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3719 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3720 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3724 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3725 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3726 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3727 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3728 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3729 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3731 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3732 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3733 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3734 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3735 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3736 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3737 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3739 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3740 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3741 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3742 let finish_command delete it.
3744 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3745 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3746 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3747 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3748 solib breakpoints.) */
3750 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3755 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3756 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3758 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3760 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3767 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3769 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3771 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3772 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3774 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3775 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3777 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3778 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3781 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3784 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3785 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3786 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3787 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3788 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3789 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3790 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3794 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3800 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3801 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3802 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3803 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3804 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3807 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3811 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3812 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3814 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3815 This should not ever happen. */
3816 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3818 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3819 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3821 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3822 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3823 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3825 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3826 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3827 || bl
->section
== NULL
3828 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3830 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3832 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3833 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3834 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3835 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3836 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3837 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3838 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3839 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3840 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3841 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3842 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3843 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3844 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3845 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3846 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3847 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3848 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3849 they should always be removed. */
3850 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3851 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3852 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3855 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3859 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3860 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3861 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3863 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3864 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3866 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3867 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3868 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3869 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3870 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3872 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3873 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3876 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3877 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3880 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3881 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3882 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3883 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3885 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3886 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3887 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3888 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3889 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3890 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3896 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3901 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3902 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3903 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3904 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3905 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3906 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3907 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3908 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3909 always-inserted mode. */
3911 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3912 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3913 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3914 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3920 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3922 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3924 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3925 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3927 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3928 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3930 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3931 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3932 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3935 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3936 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3939 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3940 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3942 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3946 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3953 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3955 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3956 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3958 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3959 This should not ever happen. */
3960 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3962 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3964 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3966 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3969 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3972 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3974 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3976 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3977 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3981 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3982 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3984 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3987 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3988 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3989 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3994 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3996 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3997 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3999 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4001 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4004 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4008 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4014 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4016 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4017 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4020 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4022 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4024 case bp_shlib_event
:
4026 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4027 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4028 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4029 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4030 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4032 (gdb) file prog-linux
4033 (gdb) run # native linux target
4036 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4037 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4040 case bp_step_resume
:
4042 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4044 case bp_single_step
:
4046 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4048 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4052 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4053 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4054 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4056 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4058 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4059 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4060 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4063 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4064 valid. New ones will be created in
4065 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4066 The next update_global_location_list call will
4067 garbage collect them. */
4070 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4072 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4073 insert_breakpoints. */
4074 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4075 w
->val_valid
= false;
4085 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4086 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4087 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4088 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4091 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4092 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4093 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4094 match, not program space. */
4096 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4097 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4098 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4099 permanent breakpoint.
4100 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4101 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4102 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4103 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4104 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4106 enum breakpoint_here
4107 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4109 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4110 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4112 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4114 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4115 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4118 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4119 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4121 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4123 if (overlay_debugging
4124 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4125 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4126 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4127 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4128 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4130 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4134 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4137 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4140 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4141 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4143 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4145 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4147 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4148 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4151 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4153 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4156 if (overlay_debugging
4157 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4158 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4160 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4171 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4174 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4176 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4177 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4183 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4187 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4188 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4191 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4194 if (overlay_debugging
4195 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4196 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4197 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4204 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4207 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4209 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4211 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4213 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4215 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4216 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4219 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4225 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4229 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4232 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4234 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4236 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4238 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4241 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4248 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4251 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4254 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4258 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4260 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4263 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4271 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4272 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4274 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4276 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4278 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4280 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4281 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4284 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4287 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4288 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4292 /* Check for intersection. */
4293 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4294 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4302 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4305 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4307 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4310 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4311 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4314 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4331 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4333 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4334 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4335 commands (other
.commands
),
4336 print (other
.print
),
4338 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4340 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4341 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4344 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4345 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4348 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4352 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4357 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4359 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4362 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4372 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4375 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4380 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4382 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4388 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4391 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4393 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4395 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4397 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4399 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4404 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4413 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4414 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4415 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4416 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4418 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4419 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4421 Return 1 otherwise. */
4424 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4426 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4429 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4431 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4432 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4433 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4434 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4435 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4437 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4439 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4443 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4446 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4450 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4453 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4454 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4456 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4457 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4461 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4464 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4466 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4468 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4470 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4471 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4472 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4473 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4474 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4478 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4481 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4482 or its equivalent. */
4485 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4487 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4490 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4491 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4492 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4493 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4495 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4496 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4497 bpstat of the current thread. */
4500 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4505 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4507 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4510 scoped_restore save_executing
4511 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4513 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4515 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4518 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4519 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4521 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4523 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4525 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4526 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4527 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4528 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4529 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4530 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4531 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4532 the tree when we're done. */
4533 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4534 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4537 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4539 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4545 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4547 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4553 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4555 if (current_ui
->async
)
4556 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4557 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4558 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4561 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4562 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4563 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4564 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4565 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4566 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4567 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4568 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4569 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4570 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4571 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4572 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4573 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4581 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4582 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4584 static thread_info
*
4585 get_bpstat_thread ()
4587 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4590 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4591 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4597 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4599 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4602 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4603 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4605 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4606 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4607 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4608 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4609 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4613 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4616 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4619 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4622 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4625 struct value_print_options opts
;
4626 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4627 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4631 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4632 debugging multiple threads. */
4635 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4637 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4642 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4645 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4647 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4648 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4650 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4653 uiout
->text (" \"");
4654 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4658 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4662 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4663 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4664 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4665 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4668 static enum print_stop_action
4669 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4671 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4674 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4675 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4679 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4680 relevant messages. */
4681 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4684 case print_it_normal
:
4686 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4688 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4689 which has since been deleted. */
4691 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4693 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4694 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4699 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4700 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4705 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4708 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4710 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4711 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4715 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4716 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4718 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4719 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4722 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4723 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4724 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4728 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4729 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4730 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4732 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4735 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4736 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4737 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4743 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4744 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4746 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4749 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4751 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4752 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4757 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4758 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4759 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4760 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4761 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4762 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4763 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4766 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4767 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4768 code to print the location. An example is
4769 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4771 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4772 to also print the location part of the message.
4773 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4774 don't require a location appended to the end.
4775 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4776 further info to be printed. */
4778 enum print_stop_action
4779 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4781 enum print_stop_action val
;
4783 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4784 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4785 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4786 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4787 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4789 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4790 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4791 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4792 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4796 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4797 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4798 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4799 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4801 print_solib_event (0);
4802 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4805 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4806 with and nothing was printed. */
4807 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4810 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4813 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4815 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4816 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4818 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4822 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4824 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4826 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4827 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4831 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4833 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4834 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4839 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4843 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4847 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4848 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4851 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4853 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4855 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4857 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4859 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4860 as not triggered. */
4862 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4864 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4866 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4872 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4874 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4875 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4877 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4879 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4881 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4887 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4888 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4892 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4894 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4895 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4897 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4898 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4900 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4902 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4903 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4905 if (newaddr
== start
)
4907 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4911 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4912 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4916 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4925 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4926 enum wp_check_result
4928 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4931 /* The value has changed. */
4932 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4934 /* The value has not changed. */
4935 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4937 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4941 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4942 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4944 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4947 static wp_check_result
4948 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4950 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4951 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4952 int within_current_scope
;
4954 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4955 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4956 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4958 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4959 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4960 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4961 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4964 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4965 within_current_scope
= 1;
4968 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4969 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4970 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4972 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4973 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4974 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4975 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4976 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4977 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4978 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4979 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4980 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4981 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4984 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4985 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4987 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4988 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4989 if (within_current_scope
)
4991 struct symbol
*function
;
4993 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4994 if (function
== NULL
4995 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4996 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4997 within_current_scope
= 0;
5000 if (within_current_scope
)
5001 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5002 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5007 if (within_current_scope
)
5009 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5010 time before we return to the command level and call
5011 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5012 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5016 struct value
*new_val
;
5018 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5019 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5020 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5021 a mask watchpoint. */
5022 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5024 mark
= value_mark ();
5025 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, false);
5027 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5028 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5030 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5031 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5032 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5033 not what we want. */
5034 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5035 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
5038 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5039 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
5040 b
->val_valid
= true;
5041 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5042 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5043 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5047 /* Nothing changed. */
5048 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5049 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5054 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5055 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5056 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5057 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5058 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5059 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5060 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5061 the first value assigned). */
5062 /* We print all the stop information in
5063 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5064 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5065 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5068 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5070 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5072 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5074 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5075 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
5076 "left the block in\n"
5077 "which its expression is valid.\n",
5078 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5081 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5083 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5089 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5090 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5091 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5094 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5095 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5096 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5098 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5100 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5101 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5103 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5106 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5107 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5110 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5112 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5113 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5115 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5116 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5117 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5118 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5119 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5122 int must_check_value
= 0;
5124 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5125 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5127 must_check_value
= 1;
5128 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5129 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5130 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5132 must_check_value
= 1;
5133 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5134 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5135 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5136 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5137 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5138 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5139 must_check_value
= 1;
5141 if (must_check_value
)
5147 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5149 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5151 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5152 "Error evaluating expression "
5153 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5156 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5158 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5161 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5168 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5169 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5173 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5176 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5177 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5179 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5181 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5182 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5183 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5184 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5185 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5186 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5187 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5190 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5191 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5194 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5195 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5196 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5197 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5199 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5200 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5201 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5204 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5205 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5206 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5207 changes. This still gives false positives when
5208 the program writes the same value to memory as
5209 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5210 it for a read), but it's much better than
5213 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5215 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5217 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5219 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5220 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5221 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5223 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5224 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5226 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5227 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5229 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5235 if (other_write_watchpoint
5236 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5238 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5239 and the value changed since the last time we
5240 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5242 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5247 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5248 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5249 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5251 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5252 the value hasn't changed. */
5253 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5263 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5265 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5266 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5267 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5268 anything for this watchpoint. */
5269 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5275 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5276 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5277 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5278 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5281 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5283 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5284 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5286 bool condition_result
= true;
5287 struct expression
*cond
;
5289 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5291 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5292 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5293 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5294 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5295 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5297 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5298 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5299 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5301 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5302 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5308 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5309 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5311 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5312 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5318 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5320 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5322 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5324 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5326 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5329 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5331 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5333 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5334 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5336 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5337 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5338 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5339 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5341 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5343 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5344 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5348 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5349 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5350 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5351 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5352 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5354 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5355 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5358 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5360 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5361 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5362 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5363 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5364 really matter which instantiation of the function
5365 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5366 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5367 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5368 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5369 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5370 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5371 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5372 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5374 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5376 select_frame (frame
);
5378 within_current_scope
= 0;
5380 if (within_current_scope
)
5384 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5386 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5388 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5389 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5394 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5395 "in the current scope"));
5396 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5397 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5399 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5400 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5403 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5407 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5411 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5413 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5417 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5418 on the current target. */
5421 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5423 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5424 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5425 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5426 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5429 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5432 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5433 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5435 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5436 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5440 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5443 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5445 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5446 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5447 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5448 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5449 checked all locations already. */
5450 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5453 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5456 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5459 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5462 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5465 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5466 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5467 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5471 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5472 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5473 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5475 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5477 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5479 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5484 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5485 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5486 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5488 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5490 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5491 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5493 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5494 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5497 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5505 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5508 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5509 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5510 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5513 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5514 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5515 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5517 int need_remove_insert
;
5520 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5521 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5522 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5523 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5524 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5525 inferior function calls. */
5526 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5527 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5529 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5530 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5531 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5533 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5535 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5537 handle_solib_event ();
5542 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5543 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5544 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5548 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5553 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5554 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5557 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5562 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5564 /* We will stop here. */
5565 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5567 --(b
->enable_count
);
5568 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5569 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5574 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5575 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5576 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5579 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5584 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5586 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5587 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5590 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5591 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5592 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5594 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5595 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5596 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5598 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5599 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5601 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5603 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5604 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5607 if (need_remove_insert
)
5608 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5609 else if (removed_any
)
5610 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5616 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5618 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5620 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5622 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5623 breakpoint_re_set. */
5624 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5626 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5627 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5628 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5629 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5630 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5631 function needs to be updated too. */
5632 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5633 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5634 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5636 target_terminal::inferior ();
5639 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5641 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5644 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5646 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5649 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5650 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5651 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5653 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5655 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5656 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5657 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5660 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5662 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5663 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5667 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5674 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5675 case bp_single_step
:
5678 case bp_shlib_event
:
5682 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5687 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5690 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5691 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5692 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5696 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5698 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5702 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5703 This requires no further action. */
5707 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5711 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5712 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5715 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5717 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5718 case bp_exception_resume
:
5721 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5722 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5725 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5727 case bp_step_resume
:
5729 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5732 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5733 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5736 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5738 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5741 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5742 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5745 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5746 case bp_thread_event
:
5747 case bp_overlay_event
:
5748 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5749 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5750 case bp_exception_master
:
5751 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5757 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5759 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5763 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5764 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5765 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5766 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5770 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5773 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5774 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5775 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5776 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5778 case bp_std_terminate
:
5779 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5780 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5781 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5782 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5785 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5786 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5787 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5788 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5790 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5791 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5793 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5794 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5795 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5797 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5798 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5799 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5800 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5805 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5807 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5811 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5812 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5815 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5822 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5826 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5828 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5835 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5837 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5838 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5840 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5841 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5847 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5850 bpstat_should_step ()
5852 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5855 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5860 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5863 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5865 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5874 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5875 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5876 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5879 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5881 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5882 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5886 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5888 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5890 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5891 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5892 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5897 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5903 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5904 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5906 "host": Host evals condition.
5907 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5908 "target": Target evals condition.
5912 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5914 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5915 char host_evals
= 0;
5916 char target_evals
= 0;
5921 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5924 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5925 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5926 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5928 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5930 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5936 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5937 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5938 else if (target_evals
)
5939 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5941 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5944 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5945 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5948 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5950 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5953 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5954 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5955 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5957 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5958 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5960 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5963 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5966 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5967 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5969 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5971 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5973 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5977 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5979 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5980 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5981 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5983 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5987 uiout
->text ("in ");
5988 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5989 function_name_style
.style ());
5991 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5992 uiout
->text ("at ");
5994 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5995 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5996 file_name_style
.style ());
5999 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6000 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6002 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6008 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6010 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6014 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6015 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6016 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6017 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6018 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6019 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6021 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6025 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6029 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6030 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6031 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6034 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6035 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6041 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6043 struct ep_type_description
6046 const char *description
;
6048 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6050 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6051 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6052 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6053 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6054 {bp_until
, "until"},
6055 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6056 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6057 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6058 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6059 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6060 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6061 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6062 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6063 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6064 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6065 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6066 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6067 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6068 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6069 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6070 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6071 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6072 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6073 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6074 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6075 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6076 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6077 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6078 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6079 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6080 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6081 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6082 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6083 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6086 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6087 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6088 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6089 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6092 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6095 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6096 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6099 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6100 const char *field_name
,
6101 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6104 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6106 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6107 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6108 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6111 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6113 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6119 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6120 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6125 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6129 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6134 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6135 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6136 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6137 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6141 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6142 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6144 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6145 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6147 struct command_line
*l
;
6148 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6150 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6151 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6152 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6153 struct value_print_options opts
;
6155 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6157 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6158 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6159 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6162 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6163 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6164 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6172 if (part_of_multiple
)
6173 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6175 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6179 if (part_of_multiple
)
6180 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6182 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6186 if (part_of_multiple
)
6187 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6189 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6193 if (part_of_multiple
)
6194 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", (loc
->disabled_by_cond
? "N*"
6195 : (loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n")));
6197 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6200 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6201 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6204 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6206 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6208 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6209 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6210 is relatively readable). */
6211 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6212 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6214 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6216 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6217 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6219 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6222 if (header_of_multiple
)
6223 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6224 metadata_style
.style ());
6225 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6226 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6227 metadata_style
.style ());
6229 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6230 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6233 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6234 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6240 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6242 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6245 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6247 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6248 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6251 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6252 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6254 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6255 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6256 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6257 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6258 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6259 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6261 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6264 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6266 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6268 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6269 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6270 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6271 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6273 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6275 uiout
->text (" task ");
6276 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6282 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6283 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6285 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6288 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6289 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6291 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6292 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6296 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6299 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6300 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6302 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6303 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6305 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6306 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6307 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6308 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6309 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6311 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6312 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6313 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6318 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6320 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6321 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6322 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6323 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6326 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6328 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6333 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6337 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6338 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6339 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6340 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6341 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6343 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6344 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6345 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6346 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6347 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6349 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6353 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6354 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6355 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6359 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6362 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6363 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6366 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6367 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6368 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6369 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6372 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6373 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6374 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6375 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6376 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6378 uiout
->text ("next ");
6379 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6380 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6383 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6385 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6387 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6389 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6390 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6391 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6395 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6396 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6399 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6400 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6403 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6405 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6407 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6409 annotate_field (10);
6410 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6411 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6412 uiout
->text (" \n");
6415 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6417 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6419 annotate_field (11);
6421 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6422 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6423 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6429 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6430 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6435 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6437 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6439 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6441 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6443 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6444 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6445 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6446 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6450 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6452 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6455 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6456 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6459 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6460 bool use_fixed_output
6461 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6462 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6464 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6465 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6467 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6469 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6470 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6472 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6473 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6474 locations, if any. */
6476 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6479 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6480 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6481 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6484 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6485 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6487 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6488 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6489 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6490 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6491 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6492 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6493 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6495 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6497 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6499 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6501 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6502 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6504 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6505 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6508 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6510 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6511 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6519 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6521 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6522 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6524 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6525 address to print. */
6526 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6529 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6533 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6534 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6535 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6538 return print_address_bits
;
6541 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6544 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6546 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6547 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6550 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6551 internal or momentary. */
6554 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6556 return b
->number
> 0;
6559 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6562 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6564 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6567 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6569 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6570 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6571 list are then printed.
6573 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6575 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6576 ones for which it returns true.
6578 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6581 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6582 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6584 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6585 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6586 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6587 struct value_print_options opts
;
6588 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6589 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6590 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6591 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6593 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6595 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6596 required for address fields. */
6597 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6600 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6601 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6604 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6605 accept. Skip the others. */
6606 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6608 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6610 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6614 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6616 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6618 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6619 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6620 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6622 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6623 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6624 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6626 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6631 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6632 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6633 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6636 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6637 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6638 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6640 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6641 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6643 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6644 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6646 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6647 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6649 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6650 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6652 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6654 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6655 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6657 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6659 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6661 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6662 uiout
->table_body ();
6663 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6664 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6669 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6670 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6673 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6674 accept. Skip the others. */
6676 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6678 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6680 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6683 else /* all others */
6685 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6689 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6690 show_internal is set. */
6691 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6693 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6694 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6695 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6696 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6701 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6703 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6707 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6708 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6710 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6716 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6717 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6719 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
)
6720 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6724 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6725 there have been breakpoints? */
6726 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6728 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6731 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6732 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6735 default_collect_info (void)
6737 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6739 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6740 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6742 if (!*default_collect
)
6745 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6747 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6748 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6749 uiout
->text (" \n");
6753 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6755 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6757 default_collect_info ();
6761 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6763 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6764 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6766 if (num_printed
== 0)
6768 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6769 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6771 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6776 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6778 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6780 default_collect_info ();
6784 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6785 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6786 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6788 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6790 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6792 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6793 && bl
->address
== pc
6794 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6800 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6801 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6805 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6806 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6807 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6813 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6814 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6818 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6819 else /* if (others == ???) */
6820 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6822 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6825 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6826 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6827 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6828 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6829 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6830 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6831 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6832 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6836 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6838 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6839 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6840 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6845 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6846 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6847 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6848 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6850 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6851 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6852 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6853 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6857 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6859 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6862 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6863 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6866 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6867 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6869 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6870 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6872 /* Both of them must exist. */
6873 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6874 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6876 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6877 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6878 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6879 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6880 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6881 other watchpoint. */
6883 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6885 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6886 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6888 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6890 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6891 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6894 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6895 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6896 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6897 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6898 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6899 become hw_access locations later. */
6900 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6901 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6902 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6903 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6906 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6909 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6910 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6912 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6913 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6917 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6918 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6919 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6920 space doesn't really matter. */
6923 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6925 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6928 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6929 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6930 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6933 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6934 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6935 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6936 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6939 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6940 const address_space
*aspace
,
6943 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6946 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6947 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6951 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6952 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6953 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6954 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6955 doesn't really matter. */
6958 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6959 const address_space
*aspace
,
6960 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6962 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6963 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6965 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6967 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6973 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6974 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6975 true, otherwise returns false. */
6978 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6979 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6981 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6982 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6983 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6984 different locations. */
6985 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6990 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6991 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6992 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6993 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6994 otherwise they don't. */
6997 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6998 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6999 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
7001 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7003 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7004 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7005 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7007 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7008 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7010 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7013 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7014 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7015 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7017 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
7018 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
7019 bp_location_is_less_than. */
7020 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7021 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7022 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
7023 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7027 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7028 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7030 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7031 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7035 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7036 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7038 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7039 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7041 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7044 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7045 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7046 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7047 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7050 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7051 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7053 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7054 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7055 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7056 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7057 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7059 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7060 have their addresses modified. */
7063 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7065 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7066 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7067 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7068 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7069 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7070 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7075 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7077 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7079 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7080 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7081 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7084 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7086 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7087 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7089 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7090 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7092 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7097 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7102 case bp_single_step
:
7106 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7107 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7109 case bp_exception_resume
:
7110 case bp_step_resume
:
7111 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7112 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7114 case bp_std_terminate
:
7115 case bp_shlib_event
:
7116 case bp_thread_event
:
7117 case bp_overlay_event
:
7119 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7120 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7121 case bp_exception_master
:
7122 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7123 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7125 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7126 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7127 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7128 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7129 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7130 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7131 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7135 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7136 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7137 return bp_loc_other
;
7139 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7143 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7145 this->owner
= owner
;
7146 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7147 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7149 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7151 this->loc_type
= type
;
7153 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7154 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7155 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7160 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7161 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7162 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7166 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7168 static struct bp_location
*
7169 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7171 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7174 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7175 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7178 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7180 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7184 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7187 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7189 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7190 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7192 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7193 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7195 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7197 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7202 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7208 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7211 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7212 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7214 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7216 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7220 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7221 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7222 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7223 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7226 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7227 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7229 static struct breakpoint
*
7230 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7232 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7234 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7236 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7237 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7240 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7243 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7245 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7247 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7248 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7249 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7251 const char *function_name
;
7253 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7254 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7255 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7257 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7259 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7261 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7262 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7264 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7265 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7266 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7267 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7269 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7273 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7276 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7280 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7282 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7285 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7287 return SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
)->arch ();
7292 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7293 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7294 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7296 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7297 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7298 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7301 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7302 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7303 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7305 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7307 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7309 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7310 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7312 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7313 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7315 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7316 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7319 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7320 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7321 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7322 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7323 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7324 is also returned as the value of this function.
7326 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7327 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7328 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7329 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7330 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7331 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7332 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7335 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7336 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7337 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7339 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7341 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7342 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7345 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7346 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7347 initiated the operation. */
7350 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7352 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7353 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7355 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7356 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7357 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7358 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7359 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7360 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7361 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7362 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7364 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7365 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7367 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7368 after their removal. */
7369 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7370 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7371 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7374 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7377 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7379 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7381 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7383 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7384 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7386 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7387 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7392 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7394 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7396 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7397 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7399 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7400 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7404 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7405 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7406 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7410 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7412 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7415 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7417 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7419 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7420 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7422 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7424 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7426 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7429 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7430 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7431 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7432 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7438 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7439 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7442 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7443 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7447 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7449 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7451 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7452 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7454 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7456 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7457 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7458 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7459 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7462 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7464 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7466 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7467 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7468 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7470 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7475 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7477 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7480 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7482 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7483 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7484 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7489 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7491 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7494 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7496 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7497 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7498 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7502 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7503 master breakpoint. */
7505 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7507 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7509 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7510 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7511 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7513 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7514 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7518 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7520 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7522 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7525 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7526 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7530 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7534 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7535 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7537 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7538 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7539 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7541 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7546 struct lang_and_radix
7552 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7555 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7557 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7558 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7561 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7564 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7566 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7568 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7569 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7570 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7571 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7575 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7577 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7579 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7580 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7581 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7582 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7585 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7588 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7590 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7593 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7594 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7595 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7598 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7599 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7600 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7602 static struct breakpoint
*
7603 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7604 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7606 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7608 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7609 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7610 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7615 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7617 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7620 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7623 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7627 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7629 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7630 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7632 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7638 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7639 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7642 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7644 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7646 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7648 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7649 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7651 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7652 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7653 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7654 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7655 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7656 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7657 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7658 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7659 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7660 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7661 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7662 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7665 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7670 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7671 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7672 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7675 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7677 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7678 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7682 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7683 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7685 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7686 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7687 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7688 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7689 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7690 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7691 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7692 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7693 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7695 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7696 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7697 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7698 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7701 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7702 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7704 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7706 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7707 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7708 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7711 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7716 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7717 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7718 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7721 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7723 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7725 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7728 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7729 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7730 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7731 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7732 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7733 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7734 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7735 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7736 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7737 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7739 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7740 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7745 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7746 int bp_modified
= 0;
7748 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7751 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7753 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7755 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7756 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7759 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7762 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7765 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7766 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7769 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7771 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7772 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7773 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7774 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7775 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7778 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7785 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7789 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7791 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7792 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7793 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7795 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7797 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7798 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7799 catchpoint has triggered. */
7800 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7803 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7807 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7809 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7812 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7816 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7818 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7821 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7825 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7826 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7827 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7829 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7831 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7834 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7838 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7841 static enum print_stop_action
7842 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7844 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7845 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7846 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7848 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7849 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7850 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7851 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7853 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7854 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7856 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7857 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7859 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7860 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7861 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7862 uiout
->text ("), ");
7863 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7866 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7870 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7872 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7873 struct value_print_options opts
;
7874 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7876 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7878 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7879 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7881 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7882 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7884 uiout
->text ("fork");
7885 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7887 uiout
->text (", process ");
7888 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7892 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7893 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7896 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7900 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7902 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7905 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7909 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7912 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7915 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7917 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7919 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7923 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7925 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7928 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7932 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7934 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7937 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7941 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7942 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7943 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7945 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7947 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7950 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7954 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7957 static enum print_stop_action
7958 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7960 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7961 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7962 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7964 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7965 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7966 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7967 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7969 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7970 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7972 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7973 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7975 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7976 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7977 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7978 uiout
->text ("), ");
7979 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7982 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7986 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7988 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7989 struct value_print_options opts
;
7990 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7992 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7993 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7994 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7996 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7997 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7999 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8000 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
8002 uiout
->text (", process ");
8003 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
8007 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8008 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8011 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8015 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8017 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8020 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8024 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8026 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8027 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8030 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8032 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8034 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8035 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8036 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8038 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8040 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
8042 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8045 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8046 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8048 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
8051 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
8053 xfree (this->regex
);
8057 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8063 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8069 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8070 const address_space
*aspace
,
8072 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8074 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8075 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8077 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8082 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8084 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8087 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8090 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8093 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8095 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8104 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8106 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8107 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8111 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
8114 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8120 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8123 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8129 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8132 static enum print_stop_action
8133 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8135 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8136 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8138 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8139 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8140 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8141 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8143 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8144 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8146 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8147 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8148 print_solib_event (1);
8149 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8153 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8155 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8156 struct value_print_options opts
;
8157 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8159 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8160 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8161 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8163 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8166 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8174 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8176 msg
= _("load of library");
8181 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8183 msg
= _("unload of library");
8185 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8187 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8188 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8192 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8194 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8196 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8197 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8201 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8203 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8205 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8206 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8207 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8209 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8210 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8213 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8215 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8218 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, bool is_load
, bool is_temp
, bool enabled
)
8220 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8224 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8226 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8230 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8231 _("Invalid regexp")));
8232 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8235 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8236 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8237 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8239 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8241 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8244 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8248 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8249 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8251 const int enabled
= 1;
8252 bool temp
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8254 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, temp
, enabled
);
8258 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8259 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8261 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8265 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8266 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8268 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8271 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8274 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8275 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
8276 const char *cond_string
,
8277 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8279 symtab_and_line sal
;
8280 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8282 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8284 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8285 b
->disposition
= temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8289 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8291 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8292 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8293 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8294 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8297 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8300 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8304 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8305 bool temp
, const char *cond_string
,
8306 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8308 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8310 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
, ops
);
8312 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8314 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8317 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8319 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8320 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8321 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8323 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8325 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8327 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8328 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8330 char *exec_pathname
;
8333 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8335 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8337 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8341 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8343 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8347 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8349 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8353 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8354 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8355 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8357 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8359 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8362 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8366 static enum print_stop_action
8367 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8369 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8370 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8371 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8373 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8374 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8375 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8376 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8378 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8379 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8381 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8382 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8384 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8385 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8386 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8387 uiout
->text ("), ");
8389 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8393 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8395 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8396 struct value_print_options opts
;
8397 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8399 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8401 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8402 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8403 is relatively readable). */
8404 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8405 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8407 uiout
->text ("exec");
8408 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8410 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8411 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8412 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8415 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8416 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8420 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8422 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8425 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8429 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8432 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8435 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8438 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8441 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8442 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8446 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8447 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8449 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8451 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8458 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8462 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8465 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8467 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8470 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8472 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8474 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8480 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8481 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8482 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8483 types _not_ TYPE. */
8486 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8487 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8490 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8492 *other_type_used
= 0;
8497 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8500 if (b
->type
== type
)
8501 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8502 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8503 *other_type_used
= 1;
8510 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8512 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8516 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8518 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8519 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8525 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8527 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8531 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8533 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8534 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8540 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8542 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8543 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8547 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8549 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8550 breakpoint_re_set ();
8553 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8556 static struct breakpoint
*
8557 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8559 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8561 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8562 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8564 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8565 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8568 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8570 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8573 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8574 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8578 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8579 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8581 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8583 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8585 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8587 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8588 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8589 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8590 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8592 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8594 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8596 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8599 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8600 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8601 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8603 static struct breakpoint
*
8604 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8606 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8609 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8611 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8612 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8613 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8615 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8616 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8617 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8618 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8619 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8620 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8621 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8622 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8623 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8624 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8625 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8626 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8628 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8629 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8630 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8632 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8636 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8640 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8642 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8646 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8650 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8653 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8655 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8657 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8658 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8660 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8664 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8667 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8669 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8670 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8674 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8676 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8678 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8679 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8680 address is in read-only memory.
8682 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8683 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8685 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8686 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8687 memory map changed, so we undo.
8691 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8693 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8694 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8695 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8696 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8698 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8699 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8700 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8701 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8702 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8706 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8708 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8709 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8711 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8713 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8715 static bool said
= false;
8717 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8720 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
8721 _("Note: automatically using "
8722 "hardware breakpoints for "
8723 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8731 static struct bp_location
*
8732 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8733 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8735 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8736 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8737 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8739 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8740 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8742 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8743 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8744 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8745 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8746 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8747 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8748 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8751 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8752 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8753 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8754 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8759 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8760 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8761 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8762 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8763 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8764 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8765 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8766 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8767 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8768 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8769 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8770 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8771 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8773 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8775 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8776 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8777 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8778 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8779 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8780 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8781 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8782 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8783 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8784 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8785 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8786 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8788 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8795 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8796 return false otherwise. */
8799 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8801 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8803 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8804 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8805 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8806 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8808 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8811 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8812 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8813 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8816 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8817 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8820 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8822 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8823 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8828 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8830 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8832 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8834 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8836 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8837 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8839 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8840 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8841 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8843 if (!dprintf_function
)
8844 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8846 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8847 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8852 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8856 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8858 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8859 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8862 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8863 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8867 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8868 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8870 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8872 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8873 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8874 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8875 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8876 command_lines_deleter ()));
8879 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8880 current style settings. */
8883 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8884 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8886 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8890 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8891 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8895 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8896 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8897 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8898 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8901 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8902 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8903 event_location_up
&&location
,
8904 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8905 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8906 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8907 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8908 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8909 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8910 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8911 int display_canonical
)
8915 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8917 int target_resources_ok
;
8919 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8920 target_resources_ok
=
8921 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8923 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8924 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8925 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8926 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8929 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8931 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8937 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8939 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8941 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8942 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8945 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8947 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8951 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8952 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8953 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8954 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8955 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8957 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8958 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8960 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8962 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8963 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8965 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8967 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8968 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8970 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8973 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8975 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8977 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8979 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8981 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8983 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8985 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8987 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8989 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8992 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8993 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9000 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9001 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9005 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
9006 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
9007 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
9009 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9010 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9011 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9013 if (b
->extra_string
)
9014 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9016 error (_("Format string required"));
9018 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9019 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9023 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
9024 condition using the location's number. */
9026 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
9028 if (b
->cond_string
!= nullptr)
9029 set_breakpoint_location_condition (b
->cond_string
, loc
, b
->number
,
9035 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9036 if (location
!= NULL
)
9037 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9039 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9040 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
9044 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9045 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9046 event_location_up
&&location
,
9047 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9048 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9049 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9050 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9051 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9052 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9053 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9054 int display_canonical
)
9056 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
9058 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
9059 sals
, std::move (location
),
9061 std::move (cond_string
),
9062 std::move (extra_string
),
9064 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9066 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9069 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9072 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9073 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9074 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9075 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9076 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9077 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9078 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9079 we take just a single condition string.
9081 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9082 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9083 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9084 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9085 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9088 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9089 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9090 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9091 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9092 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9093 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9094 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9095 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9097 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9098 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9100 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9102 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9103 'break', without arguments. */
9104 event_location_up location
9105 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9106 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9107 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9108 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9110 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9111 std::move (location
),
9112 std::move (filter_string
),
9113 std::move (cond_string
),
9114 std::move (extra_string
),
9116 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9117 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9118 canonical
->special_display
);
9122 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9123 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9124 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9125 linespec locations).
9127 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9128 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9131 parse_breakpoint_sals (struct event_location
*location
,
9132 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9134 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9136 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9138 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9142 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9143 breakpoint address. */
9144 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9146 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9147 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9148 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9149 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9150 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9151 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9152 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9154 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9156 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9157 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9158 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9159 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9160 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9162 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9164 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9166 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9168 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9172 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9176 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9177 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9178 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9179 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9181 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9182 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9183 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9184 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9186 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9188 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9189 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9193 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9196 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9197 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9198 get_last_displayed_line (),
9199 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9204 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9205 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9209 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9210 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9213 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9215 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9216 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9219 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9220 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9221 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9222 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9223 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9227 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9228 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9230 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9232 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9234 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9235 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9236 associated with SAL. */
9240 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9241 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9242 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9246 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9247 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9248 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9249 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9250 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9251 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9254 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9255 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9258 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9266 const char *end_tok
;
9268 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9269 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9271 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9273 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9275 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9279 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9281 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9283 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9285 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9288 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9290 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9295 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
9298 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9300 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
9305 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9308 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9311 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9313 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9314 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9317 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9322 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9324 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9325 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9326 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9331 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9335 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9339 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
9340 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
9341 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
9342 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
9345 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
9346 const char *input
, char **cond_string
,
9347 int *thread
, int *task
, char **rest
)
9349 int num_failures
= 0;
9350 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9352 char *cond
= nullptr;
9355 char *remaining
= nullptr;
9357 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
9358 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
9359 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
9360 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
9361 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
9362 condition in the context of each sal. */
9365 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
9366 &task_id
, &remaining
);
9367 *cond_string
= cond
;
9368 *thread
= thread_id
;
9373 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9376 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
9377 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
9383 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9385 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9386 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9388 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9391 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9393 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9395 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9397 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9398 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9399 if (markers
.empty ())
9400 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9401 marker_str
.c_str ());
9403 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9404 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9406 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9408 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9409 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9410 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9417 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
9418 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
9420 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9421 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
9426 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9427 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9429 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9433 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9434 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9436 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9440 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9442 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9443 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
9446 if (location
!= nullptr)
9447 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
9448 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
9449 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9452 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9455 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9456 struct event_location
*location
,
9457 const char *cond_string
,
9458 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9460 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9462 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9463 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9464 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9467 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9470 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9472 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9474 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9475 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9476 extra_string
= NULL
;
9480 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9482 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9484 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9486 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9488 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9491 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9494 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9496 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9497 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9498 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9499 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9500 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9503 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9504 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9505 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9506 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9513 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9516 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9517 are ok for the target. */
9520 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9521 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9524 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9525 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9527 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9528 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9531 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9532 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9536 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9537 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9544 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9546 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9547 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9548 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9549 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9553 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9554 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9555 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9557 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9559 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9560 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9562 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9565 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9566 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9567 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9569 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9570 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9571 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9575 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9577 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9578 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9581 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9584 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9585 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9589 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9590 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9591 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9592 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9593 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9594 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9595 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9596 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9597 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9599 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9602 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9604 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9605 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9606 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9609 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9614 /* Set a breakpoint.
9615 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9616 condition, and thread.
9617 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9618 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9622 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9624 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9625 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9626 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9629 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9630 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9631 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9633 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9635 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9636 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9637 0 /* Ignore count */,
9638 pending_break_support
,
9646 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9649 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9653 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9655 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9656 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9657 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9660 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9661 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9662 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9663 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9666 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9668 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9669 const struct block
*b
;
9672 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9673 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9676 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9679 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9680 sal
->section
= sym
->obj_section (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9684 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9685 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9686 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9687 happen in assembly source). */
9689 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9690 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9692 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9694 sal
->section
= msym
.minsym
->obj_section (msym
.objfile
);
9701 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9703 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9707 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9709 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9713 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9715 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9719 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9721 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9725 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9727 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9728 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9729 stop at <line>\n"));
9733 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9739 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9741 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9744 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9745 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9746 function/method name. */
9747 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9749 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9754 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9756 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9760 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9762 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9766 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9770 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9774 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9777 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9778 it is probably a line number. */
9779 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9781 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9786 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9788 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9792 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9794 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9797 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9798 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9799 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9803 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9805 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9807 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9808 the next character must be ','. */
9811 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9812 error (_("Format string required"));
9815 /* Skip the comma. */
9820 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9822 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9824 0 /* Ignore count */,
9825 pending_break_support
,
9826 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9834 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9836 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9839 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9840 ranged breakpoints. */
9843 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9844 const address_space
*aspace
,
9846 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9848 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9849 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9852 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9853 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9856 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9857 ranged breakpoints. */
9860 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9862 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9865 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9866 ranged breakpoints. */
9868 static enum print_stop_action
9869 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9871 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9872 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9873 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9875 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9877 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9878 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9880 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9882 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9884 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9885 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9887 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9888 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9890 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9891 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9892 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9894 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9897 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9900 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9901 ranged breakpoints. */
9904 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9905 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9907 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9908 struct value_print_options opts
;
9909 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9911 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9912 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9914 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9916 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9917 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9918 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9919 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9921 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9925 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9926 ranged breakpoints. */
9929 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9930 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9932 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9933 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9938 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9939 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9941 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9942 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9943 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9944 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9945 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9949 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9950 ranged breakpoints. */
9953 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9955 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9956 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9959 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9961 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9962 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9963 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9966 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9967 ranged breakpoints. */
9970 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9972 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9973 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9974 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9975 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9978 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9980 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9982 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9983 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9984 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9985 last instruction of the given line. */
9988 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9992 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9993 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9994 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10001 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10003 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10005 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10012 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10015 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10017 const char *arg_start
;
10018 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10019 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10021 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10023 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10024 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10025 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10027 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10028 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10029 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10031 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10032 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10034 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10035 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10036 error(_("No address range specified."));
10039 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10041 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10044 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10045 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
10046 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10048 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
10050 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
10051 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
10052 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10054 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
10055 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10057 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10058 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10060 /* Parse the end location. */
10064 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10065 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10066 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10067 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10068 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10069 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10071 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10072 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10073 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10075 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
10076 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10078 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
10079 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
10080 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
10081 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10083 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
10085 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10086 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10087 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10089 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10091 /* Length overflowed. */
10092 error (_("Address range too large."));
10093 else if (length
== 1)
10095 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10096 the `hbreak' command. */
10097 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
10102 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10103 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10104 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10105 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10106 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10107 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10108 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10109 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10110 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10113 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
10114 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10117 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10118 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10119 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10123 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10125 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10131 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10132 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10135 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10145 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10146 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10147 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10148 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10149 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10151 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10177 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10180 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10181 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10186 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10187 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10188 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10189 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10190 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10191 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10192 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10194 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10195 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10200 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10202 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10203 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10204 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10205 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10207 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10208 are always constant. */
10210 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10212 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10213 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10214 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10219 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10220 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10221 then it is not a constant. */
10230 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10232 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10234 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10235 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10238 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10241 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10243 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10245 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10246 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10248 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10249 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10250 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10251 are loaded and unloaded.
10253 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10254 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10255 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10256 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10257 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10258 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10260 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10261 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10262 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10263 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10265 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10266 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10268 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10269 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10270 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10273 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10276 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10278 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10279 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10281 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10282 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10285 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10288 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10290 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10291 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10293 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10294 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10298 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10299 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10300 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10302 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10303 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10305 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10306 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10307 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10308 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10309 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10310 (did not match the data address). */
10311 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10312 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10319 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10321 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10323 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10326 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10327 hardware watchpoints. */
10330 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10332 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10333 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10335 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10338 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10339 hardware watchpoints. */
10342 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10344 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10345 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10348 static enum print_stop_action
10349 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10351 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10352 enum print_stop_action result
;
10353 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10354 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10356 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10358 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10359 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10361 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10362 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10366 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10369 case bp_watchpoint
:
10370 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10371 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10372 uiout
->field_string
10373 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10375 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10376 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10377 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10378 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10379 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10380 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10381 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10382 uiout
->text ("\n");
10383 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10384 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10387 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10388 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10389 uiout
->field_string
10390 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10392 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10393 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10394 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10395 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10396 uiout
->text ("\n");
10397 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10400 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10401 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10403 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10404 uiout
->field_string
10406 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10408 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10409 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10410 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10411 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10412 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10417 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10418 uiout
->field_string
10420 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10421 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10422 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10424 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10425 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10426 uiout
->text ("\n");
10427 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10430 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10436 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10440 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10442 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10443 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10444 const char *tuple_name
;
10448 case bp_watchpoint
:
10449 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10450 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10452 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10453 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10454 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10456 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10457 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10458 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10460 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10461 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10462 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10465 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10466 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10469 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10470 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10471 uiout
->text (": ");
10472 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10475 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10479 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10481 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10485 case bp_watchpoint
:
10486 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10489 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10492 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10496 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10497 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10501 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10504 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10508 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10510 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10511 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10512 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10518 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10520 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10522 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10523 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10526 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10528 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10530 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10531 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10534 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10535 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10538 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10540 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10542 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10543 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10546 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10547 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10550 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10552 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10554 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10557 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10558 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10561 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10566 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10567 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10569 static enum print_stop_action
10570 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10572 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10573 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10575 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10576 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10578 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10579 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10583 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10584 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10585 uiout
->field_string
10586 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10589 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10590 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10591 uiout
->field_string
10592 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10595 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10596 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10597 uiout
->field_string
10599 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10602 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10603 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10607 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10608 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10609 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10610 uiout
->text ("\n");
10612 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10613 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10616 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10617 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10620 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10621 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10623 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10625 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10626 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10628 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10629 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10630 uiout
->text ("\n");
10633 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10634 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10637 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10639 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10640 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10641 const char *tuple_name
;
10645 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10646 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10647 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10649 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10650 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10651 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10653 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10654 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10655 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10658 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10659 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10662 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10663 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10664 uiout
->text (": ");
10665 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10668 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10669 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10672 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10674 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10678 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10681 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10684 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10685 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10688 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10689 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10692 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
,
10693 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10694 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10697 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10699 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10701 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10704 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10706 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10709 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10710 hw_read: watch read,
10711 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10713 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10714 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10716 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10717 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10718 struct value
*result
;
10719 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10720 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10721 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10722 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10724 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10725 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10726 enum bptype bp_type
;
10729 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10730 the hardware watchpoint. */
10731 bool use_mask
= false;
10732 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10734 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10735 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10737 const char *value_start
;
10739 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10741 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10742 of the arguments string. */
10743 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10745 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10746 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10749 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10750 This is the value of the parameter. */
10751 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10753 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10755 /* Skip whitespace. */
10756 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10761 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10762 This is the parameter itself. */
10763 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10766 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10768 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10770 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10771 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10772 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10773 only in a specific thread. */
10777 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10779 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10780 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10782 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10783 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10784 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10786 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10788 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10790 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10791 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10793 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10796 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10798 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10800 mark
= value_mark ();
10801 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10802 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10803 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10806 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10809 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10810 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10817 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10818 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10820 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10821 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10822 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10823 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10825 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10826 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10828 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10831 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10832 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10836 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10837 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10839 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10842 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10843 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10844 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10845 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10848 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10850 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10851 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10859 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10860 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10861 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10865 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10868 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10869 else if (ret
== -2)
10870 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10873 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10874 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10876 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10877 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10879 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10880 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10882 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10883 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10884 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10886 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10887 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10888 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10893 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10895 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10897 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10899 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10901 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10902 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10903 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10904 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10905 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10907 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10909 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10911 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10912 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10915 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10916 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10917 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10919 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10922 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10924 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10925 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10927 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10928 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10930 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10931 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10932 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10933 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10934 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10935 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10936 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10940 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10941 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10942 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10943 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10945 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10946 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10947 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10948 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10950 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10952 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10955 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10956 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10958 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10959 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10960 w
->thread
= thread
;
10961 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10962 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10963 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10964 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10965 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10968 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10969 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10971 w
->exp_string_reparse
10972 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10974 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10975 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10978 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10982 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10987 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10988 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10989 w
->val_valid
= true;
10993 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10995 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10997 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10999 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11000 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11004 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11005 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11008 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11010 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11011 need to act on them together. */
11012 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11013 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
11016 if (!just_location
)
11017 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11019 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11020 that should be inserted. */
11021 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
11023 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
11026 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11027 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11030 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
11032 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11034 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11035 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11038 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
11039 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
11041 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11042 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11043 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11044 hardware watchpoint.
11046 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11047 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11048 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11049 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11050 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11051 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11052 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11053 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11054 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11056 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11057 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11058 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11059 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11060 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
11062 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
11064 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11066 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11067 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11068 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11069 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11070 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11071 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11075 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11076 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11077 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11079 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11080 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11081 middle of some value chain. */
11083 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11084 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11086 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11090 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11091 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11092 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11094 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11098 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11102 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11103 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11104 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11105 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11106 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11109 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11110 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11111 return found_memory_cnt
;
11115 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11117 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11120 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
11122 struct watch_options
11124 /* For -location. */
11125 bool location
= false;
11128 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
11130 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
11131 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
11132 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
11133 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
11134 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
11136 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
11137 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
11138 please, don't do that! */
11140 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
11141 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
11143 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
11145 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
11146 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
11150 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
11153 static gdb::option::option_def_group
11154 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
11156 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
11159 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11160 calls watch_command_1. */
11163 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11165 watch_options opts
;
11166 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
11167 gdb::option::process_options
11168 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
11169 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
11172 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
11175 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
11177 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
11178 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
11179 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
11181 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
11182 if (gdb::option::complete_options
11183 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
11186 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
11187 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
11191 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11193 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11197 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11199 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11203 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11205 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11209 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11211 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11215 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11217 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11221 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11222 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11225 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
11227 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
11230 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
11231 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
11232 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11234 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11235 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
11236 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
11238 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
11242 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11243 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11244 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
11247 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11248 until(location)/advance commands. */
11251 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
11253 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
11254 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11255 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
11264 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11265 until(location)/advance commands. */
11268 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
11270 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11271 breakpoints
.clear ();
11272 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
11275 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11276 until(location)/advance commands. */
11278 enum async_reply_reason
11279 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11281 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11285 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11287 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11288 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11289 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11290 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11292 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11294 clear_proceed_status (0);
11296 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11299 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11301 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11302 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11303 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11304 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11305 get_last_displayed_line ())
11306 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11310 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11313 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11315 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11316 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11318 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11319 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11320 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11323 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11324 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11325 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11326 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11328 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11331 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11333 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11335 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11337 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11338 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11340 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11341 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11342 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11344 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
11345 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
11346 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11347 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11349 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11350 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11353 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11356 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
11357 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
11358 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
11359 very same frame. */
11360 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
11362 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
11364 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11366 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
11367 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11368 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11369 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
11372 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11373 std::move (breakpoints
));
11376 lj_deleter
->release ();
11378 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11381 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11382 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11384 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11385 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11386 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11387 if clause in the arg string. */
11390 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11392 const char *cond_string
;
11394 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11397 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11400 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11401 condition string. */
11402 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11403 cond_string
= *arg
;
11405 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11407 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11409 return cond_string
;
11412 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11413 process start/exit, etc. */
11417 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11418 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11423 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11424 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11426 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11427 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11428 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11430 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11431 bool temp
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11432 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11436 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11438 /* The allowed syntax is:
11440 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11442 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11443 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11445 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11446 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11448 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11449 and enable reporting of such events. */
11452 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11453 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11454 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11455 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11457 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11458 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11459 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11460 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11463 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11469 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11470 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11472 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11473 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11474 bool temp
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11478 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11480 /* The allowed syntax is:
11482 catch exec if <cond>
11484 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11485 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11487 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11488 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11490 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11491 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11492 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11493 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11495 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11499 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11500 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11501 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11502 const char *addr_string
,
11503 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11510 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11512 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11514 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11515 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11516 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11517 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11518 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11519 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11520 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11521 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11522 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11523 enough for now, though. */
11526 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11528 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11529 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11530 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11531 language_def (language_ada
));
11532 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11537 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11540 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11542 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11543 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11545 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11547 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11550 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11554 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11557 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11560 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11562 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11565 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11566 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11567 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11571 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11572 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11573 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11575 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11579 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11580 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11581 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11582 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11583 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11584 error (_("No source file specified."));
11590 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11591 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11592 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11593 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11595 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11596 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11597 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11598 due to optimization, all in one block.
11600 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11601 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11602 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11603 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11604 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11605 to support that. */
11607 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11608 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11609 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11612 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11613 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11615 const char *sal_fullname
;
11617 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11618 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11619 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11622 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11627 1 0 <can't happen> */
11629 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11630 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11632 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11636 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11637 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11639 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11640 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11642 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11643 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11644 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11646 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11647 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11648 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11649 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11650 int line_match
= 0;
11652 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11653 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11654 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11655 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11656 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11657 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11658 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11661 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11670 found
.push_back (b
);
11674 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11675 if (found
.empty ())
11678 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11680 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11683 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11684 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11685 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11687 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11689 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11690 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11692 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11696 if (found
.size () > 1)
11697 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11700 if (found
.size () == 1)
11701 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11703 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11706 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11709 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11710 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11713 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11716 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11717 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11718 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11721 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11723 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11725 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11726 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11727 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11729 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11733 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11734 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11738 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11739 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11740 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11741 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11742 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11745 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11747 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11748 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11750 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11751 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11754 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11755 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11757 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11758 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11759 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11761 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11762 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11763 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11764 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11767 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11768 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11769 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11770 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11773 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11774 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11775 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11777 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11778 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11783 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11784 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11785 content of the bp_locations array. */
11788 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11790 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11792 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11793 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11795 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11797 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11799 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11802 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11803 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11805 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11806 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11807 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11808 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11810 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11812 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11813 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11814 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11815 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11819 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11822 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11824 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11825 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11827 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11829 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11831 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11832 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11833 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11835 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11836 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11837 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11840 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11842 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11843 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11845 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11848 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11851 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11853 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11854 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11855 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11856 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11859 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11861 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11864 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11866 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11867 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11868 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11869 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11873 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11876 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11878 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11879 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11880 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11881 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11883 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11884 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11885 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11886 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11887 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11889 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11890 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11891 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11892 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11893 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11894 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11895 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11896 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11899 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11900 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11901 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11905 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11907 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11908 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11909 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11912 address
= bl
->address
;
11913 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11915 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11916 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11917 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11919 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11920 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11923 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11924 the same program space as the location
11925 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11926 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11931 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11932 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11935 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11936 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11937 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11938 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11939 that have already been marked. */
11940 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11942 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11944 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11948 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11949 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11950 locations are duplicate of which.
11952 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11953 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11957 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11959 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11960 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11961 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11962 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11963 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11964 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11966 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11967 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11968 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11969 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11970 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11972 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11973 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11974 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11975 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11977 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11978 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11979 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11980 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11981 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11983 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11984 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11985 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11988 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11989 bp_locations_count
++;
11991 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11992 locp
= bp_locations
;
11993 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11994 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11997 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11998 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11999 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
12000 depends on location type. */
12001 for (locp
= bp_locations
;
12002 locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
;
12006 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
12007 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
12010 std::sort (bp_locations
, bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
,
12011 bp_location_is_less_than
);
12013 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12015 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12016 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12017 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12018 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12019 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12022 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12023 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12025 locp
= bp_locations
;
12026 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
12027 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
12030 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12031 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12033 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12034 not, we have to free it. */
12035 int found_object
= 0;
12036 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12037 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12040 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12041 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12042 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12043 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12047 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12048 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12051 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12052 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12053 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12055 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12056 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12057 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12059 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12060 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12063 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12067 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12068 have to go through updates again. */
12069 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12071 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12073 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12075 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12076 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12077 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12078 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12079 at certain location is not inserted. */
12081 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12083 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12086 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12088 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12089 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12090 keep_in_target
= 1;
12094 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12095 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12096 remove its target-side condition. */
12098 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12099 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12100 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12101 this one from the target. */
12103 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12104 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
12107 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12108 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12111 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12113 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
12116 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12118 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12119 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12120 supported, but the latter are. */
12121 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12123 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12124 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12127 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12128 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12130 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12132 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12133 keep_in_target
= 1;
12141 if (!keep_in_target
)
12143 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12145 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12146 this location on the global list, and try to
12147 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12148 reason why we will succeed next time.
12150 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12151 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12152 only after calling us. */
12153 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12154 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12155 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12163 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12164 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12166 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12167 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12168 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12169 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12170 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12171 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12172 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12173 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12174 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12175 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12176 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12177 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12178 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12179 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12182 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12183 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12185 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12186 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12187 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12188 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12189 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12190 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12191 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12192 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12193 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12194 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12195 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12196 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12197 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12200 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12201 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12202 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12203 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12205 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12206 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12207 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12208 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12209 traps we can no longer explain. */
12211 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
12212 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
12213 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
12215 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
12218 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
12219 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
12220 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
12222 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
12223 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12225 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
12229 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12230 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12235 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12236 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12237 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12238 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12239 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12240 are sorted first for the same address.
12242 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12243 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12245 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12246 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12247 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12248 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12249 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12251 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12253 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12256 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12257 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
12258 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12259 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12260 `struct bp_location'. */
12261 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12263 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12264 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12268 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12269 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12270 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12271 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12272 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12273 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12275 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12277 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12278 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12279 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12281 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12282 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12284 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12286 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12287 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12288 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12294 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12295 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12296 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12298 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12299 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12301 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12302 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12305 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12307 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12308 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12311 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12312 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12313 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12314 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12315 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12317 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12321 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12322 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12326 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12328 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12330 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12331 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12333 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12334 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12341 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12346 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12348 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12353 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12356 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12360 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12361 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12363 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12364 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12365 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12369 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12371 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12373 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12375 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12379 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12383 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12385 struct value_print_options opts
;
12387 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12389 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12391 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12393 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12394 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12395 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12396 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12398 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12399 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12401 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12403 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12404 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12409 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12410 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12416 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12417 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
12418 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
12419 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
12420 b
->loc
->address
)));
12421 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12423 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12425 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12427 const char *filename
12428 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
12429 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
12430 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
12432 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12435 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12436 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12437 real situation somewhat. */
12438 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12439 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12444 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12446 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12448 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12453 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12455 xfree (function_name
);
12458 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12460 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12462 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12463 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12466 static struct bp_location
*
12467 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12469 return new bp_location (self
);
12473 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12475 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12478 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12479 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12482 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12484 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12488 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12489 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12491 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12495 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12496 const address_space
*aspace
,
12498 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12500 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12504 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12509 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12513 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12515 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12518 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12522 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12524 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12527 static enum print_stop_action
12528 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12530 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12534 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12535 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12541 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12543 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12547 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12549 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12553 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12554 (struct event_location
*location
,
12555 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12556 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12558 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12562 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12563 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12564 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12565 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12566 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12567 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12569 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12570 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12571 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12572 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12574 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12577 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12578 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12579 struct event_location
*location
,
12580 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12582 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12585 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12588 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12593 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12596 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12598 /* Nothing to do. */
12601 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12603 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12604 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12605 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12606 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12607 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12608 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12609 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12610 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12611 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12613 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12614 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12615 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12616 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12617 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12618 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12619 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12620 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12623 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12626 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12628 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12629 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12631 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12632 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12636 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12640 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12642 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12644 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12645 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12647 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12648 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12650 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12654 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12656 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12657 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12659 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12663 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12664 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12665 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12667 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12668 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12671 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12675 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12676 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12677 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12684 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12685 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12686 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12688 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12689 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12691 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12692 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12693 be set at the same address. */
12697 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12701 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12703 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12708 static enum print_stop_action
12709 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12711 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12712 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12714 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12716 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12718 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
12719 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12721 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12722 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12723 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12726 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12727 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12729 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12731 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12732 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12733 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12736 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12737 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12739 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12740 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12742 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12746 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12748 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12753 case bp_breakpoint
:
12754 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12755 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12756 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12758 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12759 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12760 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12761 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12763 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12764 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12767 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12775 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12777 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12779 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12780 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12781 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12782 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12783 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12784 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12785 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12787 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12788 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12790 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12791 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12793 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12794 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12795 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12796 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12798 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12802 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12803 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12804 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12806 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12810 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12811 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12812 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12813 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12814 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12815 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12817 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12818 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12819 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12820 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12822 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12823 std::move (cond_string
),
12824 std::move (extra_string
),
12826 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12827 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12828 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12831 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12832 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12833 struct event_location
*location
,
12834 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12836 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12839 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12842 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12846 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12847 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12848 case bp_overlay_event
:
12849 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12850 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12851 case bp_exception_master
:
12852 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12855 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12856 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12857 case bp_shlib_event
:
12859 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12860 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12861 case bp_thread_event
:
12867 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12869 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12871 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12872 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12873 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12874 objects (among other things). */
12875 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12876 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12882 static enum print_stop_action
12883 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12885 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12887 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12891 case bp_shlib_event
:
12892 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12893 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12894 to shlib event" message.) */
12895 print_solib_event (0);
12898 case bp_thread_event
:
12899 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12900 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12901 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12904 case bp_overlay_event
:
12905 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12906 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12909 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12910 /* These should never be enabled. */
12911 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12914 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12915 /* These should never be enabled. */
12916 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12917 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12920 case bp_exception_master
:
12921 /* These should never be enabled. */
12922 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12923 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12927 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12931 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12933 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12936 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12939 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12941 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12942 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12943 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12944 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12948 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12950 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12953 static enum print_stop_action
12954 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12956 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12960 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12962 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12965 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12967 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12968 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12970 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12972 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12975 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12978 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12981 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12983 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12987 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12989 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12996 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12997 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12999 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13000 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13002 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13006 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
13007 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13008 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13010 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13012 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13014 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13015 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13018 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13019 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13020 struct event_location
*location
,
13021 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13023 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13025 error (_("probe not found"));
13029 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13032 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13034 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13038 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13039 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13040 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13042 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13048 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13049 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13051 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13052 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13054 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13056 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
13057 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13058 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
13063 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13065 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13070 case bp_tracepoint
:
13071 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13072 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13074 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13075 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13076 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13078 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13079 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13080 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13083 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13084 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13091 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13093 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13095 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13096 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13097 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13098 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13099 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13100 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13102 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13103 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13105 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13106 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13107 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13109 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13114 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
13115 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13116 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13118 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13122 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13123 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13124 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13125 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13126 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13127 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13129 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13130 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13131 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13132 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13134 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13135 std::move (cond_string
),
13136 std::move (extra_string
),
13138 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13139 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13140 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13143 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13144 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13145 struct event_location
*location
,
13146 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13148 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13151 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13153 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
13156 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13157 (struct event_location
*location
,
13158 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13159 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13161 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13162 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13165 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13166 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13167 struct event_location
*location
,
13168 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13170 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13171 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13174 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13177 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13179 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13181 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13182 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13184 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13185 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13186 3 - disconnect from target 1
13187 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13189 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13190 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13191 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13192 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13193 it all the time. */
13194 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13195 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13198 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13201 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13203 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13204 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13206 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13209 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13212 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13213 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13214 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13215 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13216 address are all handled. */
13219 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13221 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13222 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13224 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13225 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13226 condition not be evaluated. */
13229 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13230 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13231 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13232 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13233 commands here throws. */
13234 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13235 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13237 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13239 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13240 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13244 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13248 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
13249 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13250 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13252 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13253 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13255 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13256 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13258 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13259 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13260 canonical
->location
13261 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13264 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13265 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13269 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13270 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13271 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13272 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13273 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13274 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13276 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13277 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13278 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13279 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13281 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13283 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13284 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13285 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13286 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13287 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13288 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13290 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13292 event_location_up location
13293 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13295 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13296 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13297 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13298 std::move (cond_string
),
13299 std::move (extra_string
),
13300 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13301 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13302 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13303 canonical
->special_display
);
13304 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13305 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13306 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13307 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13308 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13309 corresponds to this one */
13310 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13312 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13316 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13317 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13318 struct event_location
*location
,
13319 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13321 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13322 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13324 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13325 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13327 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13332 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13335 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13338 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13340 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13343 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13347 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13349 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13351 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13353 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13354 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13357 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13358 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13359 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13360 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13361 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13364 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13365 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13366 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13367 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13369 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13372 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13373 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13374 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13376 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13377 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13379 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13380 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13381 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13382 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13386 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13388 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13389 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13390 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13391 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13392 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13395 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13396 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13397 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13398 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13400 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13402 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13403 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13406 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13408 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13412 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13414 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13415 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13416 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13417 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13418 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13419 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13420 commands won't work. */
13422 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13424 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13425 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13426 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13427 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13428 might be better design to have location completely
13429 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13430 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13432 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13433 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13434 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13438 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13439 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13442 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13443 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13445 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13450 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13452 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13453 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13455 if (next
== related
)
13457 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13458 function (related
);
13460 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13461 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13466 function (related
);
13470 while (related
!= b
);
13474 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13476 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13482 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13484 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13485 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13486 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13488 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13490 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13494 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13496 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13498 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13499 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13500 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13504 map_breakpoint_numbers
13505 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13507 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13511 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13512 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13516 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13518 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13520 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13521 if ((pspace
== NULL
13522 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13523 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13524 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13529 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13530 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13531 Null names are ignored. */
13534 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13536 struct bp_location
*l
;
13537 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13540 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13543 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13545 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13549 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
13551 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13561 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13562 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13563 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13564 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13565 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13566 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13567 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13568 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13571 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13572 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13573 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13574 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13575 in the sources, and output a warning.
13577 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13578 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13579 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13580 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13581 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13584 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13585 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13586 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13587 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13588 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13589 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13590 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13591 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13592 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13594 static struct symtab_and_line
13595 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13597 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13598 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13603 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13605 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13607 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13608 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13609 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13610 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13612 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13617 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13619 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13621 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13622 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13624 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13625 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13626 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13628 if (!markers
.empty ())
13630 struct symbol
*sym
;
13631 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13632 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13633 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13635 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13637 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13639 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13640 "found at previous line number"),
13641 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13643 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13644 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13645 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13648 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
13649 function_name_style
.style ());
13650 uiout
->text (" at ");
13652 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13653 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13654 file_name_style
.style ());
13657 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13659 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13661 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13664 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
13665 uiout
->text ("\n");
13667 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13668 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13670 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13671 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13672 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13673 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13674 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13675 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13676 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13678 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13685 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13686 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13689 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13693 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13696 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13699 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13702 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
13709 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13715 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13716 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13717 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13719 static struct bp_location
*
13720 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13722 struct bp_location head
;
13723 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13724 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13725 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13727 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13738 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13753 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13754 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13755 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13756 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13760 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13761 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13762 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13763 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13765 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13767 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13769 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13771 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13772 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13773 "multiple locations found\n"),
13778 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13779 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13780 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13781 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13782 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13783 individual locations. */
13784 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13787 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13789 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13791 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13793 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13795 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13797 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13799 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13803 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13806 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13807 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13810 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13812 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
13816 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13818 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13820 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13824 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13827 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13828 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13829 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13830 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13831 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13832 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13833 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13835 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13837 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
13839 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13840 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13842 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13844 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13845 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13846 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13847 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13848 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13849 practice should give the correct answer often
13851 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13853 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13854 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13861 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13862 if (l
->function_name
13863 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13865 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13866 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13874 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13875 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13878 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13879 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13881 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13882 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13883 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13885 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13887 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13889 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13893 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13895 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13897 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13899 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13900 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13901 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13902 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13903 state, then user already saw the message about that
13904 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13906 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13907 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13909 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13910 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13911 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13912 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13913 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13914 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13916 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13918 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13919 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13920 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13921 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13922 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13923 which approach is better. */
13924 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13928 exception
= std::move (e
);
13931 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13933 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13934 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13935 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13937 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13940 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, b
->extra_string
,
13941 &cond_string
, &thread
,
13942 &task
, &extra_string
);
13943 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13945 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13946 b
->thread
= thread
;
13950 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13951 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13953 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13956 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13957 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13967 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13968 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13972 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13974 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13975 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13978 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13979 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13981 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13983 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13985 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13986 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13987 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13989 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13992 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13995 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13996 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13999 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
14000 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14001 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14003 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14006 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14007 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14011 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14012 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14013 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
14014 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
14015 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14016 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14018 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14019 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14020 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14021 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14023 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
14024 std::move (cond_string
),
14025 std::move (extra_string
),
14026 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14027 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14028 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14031 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14032 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14034 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14035 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14036 struct event_location
*location
,
14037 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
14039 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14041 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14042 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14045 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14046 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
14048 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
14050 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
14051 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
14056 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
14059 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
14061 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14062 set_language (b
->language
);
14064 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14067 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14068 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14071 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14073 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14076 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
14077 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
14078 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14080 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
14081 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
14082 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
14083 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
14084 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
14085 we select the current frame.
14087 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
14088 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
14089 have been reset. */
14090 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
14091 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
14093 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14094 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14095 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14096 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14098 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14102 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
14104 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
14106 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
14107 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14112 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14115 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14116 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14117 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14118 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14120 /* Now we can insert. */
14121 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14124 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14126 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14127 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14129 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14131 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14133 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
14135 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14136 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14137 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14139 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14143 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14144 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14145 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14148 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14150 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14156 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14158 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14160 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14161 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14166 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14170 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14171 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14173 else if (count
== 1)
14174 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14177 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14178 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14181 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
14185 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14188 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14191 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14193 const char *p
= args
;
14197 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14199 num
= get_number (&p
);
14201 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14203 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14205 set_ignore_count (num
,
14206 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14209 printf_filtered ("\n");
14213 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14214 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14217 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14218 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14220 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14222 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14223 bp_num_range
.first
);
14227 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14229 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14231 bool match
= false;
14233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14234 if (b
->number
== i
)
14241 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14246 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14250 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14251 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14253 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14254 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14256 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14258 while (!parser
.finished ())
14260 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14261 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14265 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14266 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14268 static struct bp_location
*
14269 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14271 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14273 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14274 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14279 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14280 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14283 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14286 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14287 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14290 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14293 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14294 enum class extract_bp_kind
14296 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14299 /* Extracting a location number. */
14303 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14304 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14305 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14306 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14307 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14310 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14311 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14313 const char *end
= start
;
14314 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14316 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14317 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14318 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14319 int (end
- start
), start
);
14321 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14322 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14323 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14324 int (end
- start
), start
);
14326 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14331 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14332 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14333 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14334 are always positive integers. */
14336 static std::pair
<int, int>
14337 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14338 const std::string
&arg
,
14339 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14341 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14342 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14343 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14344 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14346 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14347 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14348 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14349 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14350 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14354 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14355 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14356 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14357 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14359 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14360 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14361 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14362 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14363 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14367 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14368 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14369 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14374 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14375 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14378 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14380 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14381 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14382 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14383 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14384 location number range.
14388 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14389 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14390 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14392 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14394 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14396 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14398 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14399 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14402 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14403 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14405 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14410 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14412 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14413 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14414 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14418 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14419 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14422 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14424 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14427 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
14428 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
14429 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
14431 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14433 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14434 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14436 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14437 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14438 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14439 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14441 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14443 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14446 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14447 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14448 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14449 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14453 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14454 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14457 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14458 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14461 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14462 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14463 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14466 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14468 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14469 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14470 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14471 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14474 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14476 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14477 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14479 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14480 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14482 struct bp_location
*location
;
14484 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14485 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14488 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14490 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14493 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14494 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14495 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14496 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14499 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14503 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14505 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14506 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14509 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14511 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14516 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14518 while (!num
.empty ())
14520 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14522 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14524 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14525 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14527 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14528 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14530 ? enable_breakpoint
14531 : disable_breakpoint
);
14535 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14537 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14538 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14540 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14545 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14546 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14547 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14548 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14551 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14553 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14557 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14560 int target_resources_ok
;
14562 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14565 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14566 target_resources_ok
=
14567 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14569 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14570 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14571 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14572 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14575 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14577 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14578 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14582 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14584 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14585 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14586 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14588 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14590 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14591 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14597 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14599 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14600 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14602 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14603 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14605 struct bp_location
*location
;
14607 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14608 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14611 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14612 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14613 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14615 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14620 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14622 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14625 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14626 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14627 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14628 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14631 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14633 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14637 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14639 map_breakpoint_numbers
14640 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14642 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14643 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14645 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14651 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14656 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14658 count
= get_number (&args
);
14660 map_breakpoint_numbers
14661 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14663 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14664 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14666 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14672 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14674 map_breakpoint_numbers
14675 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14677 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14678 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14680 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14685 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14686 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14690 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14691 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14692 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14694 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14697 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14698 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14700 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14702 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14704 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14706 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14707 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14708 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14709 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14712 wp
->val_valid
= false;
14718 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14721 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14722 const address_space
*aspace
,
14725 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14726 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14727 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14729 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14731 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14732 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14735 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14737 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14738 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14739 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14741 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14744 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14747 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14749 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14750 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14752 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14754 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14756 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14757 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14759 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14760 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14768 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14771 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14772 const address_space
*aspace
,
14775 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14777 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14779 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14785 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14789 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14792 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14794 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14796 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14797 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14803 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14805 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14807 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14809 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14810 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14814 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14816 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14818 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14819 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14821 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14823 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14825 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14826 0 /* Ignore count */,
14827 pending_break_support
,
14831 0 /* internal */, 0);
14835 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14837 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14839 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14841 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14843 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14844 0 /* Ignore count */,
14845 pending_break_support
,
14846 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14849 0 /* internal */, 0);
14852 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14855 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14857 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14858 event_location_up location
;
14860 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14861 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14862 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14864 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14865 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14869 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14870 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14873 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14875 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14877 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14878 0 /* Ignore count */,
14879 pending_break_support
,
14883 0 /* internal */, 0);
14886 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14887 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14889 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14890 static int next_cmd
;
14893 read_uploaded_action (void)
14895 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14897 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14899 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14906 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14907 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14908 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14909 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14910 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14912 struct tracepoint
*
14913 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14915 const char *addr_str
;
14916 char small_buf
[100];
14917 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14919 if (utp
->at_string
)
14920 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14923 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14924 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14925 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14927 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14928 "source location, using raw address"),
14930 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14931 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14934 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14935 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14936 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14937 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14940 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14942 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14944 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14945 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14947 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14948 0 /* Ignore count */,
14949 pending_break_support
,
14950 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14952 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14954 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14957 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14958 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14959 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14963 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14966 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14969 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14970 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14971 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14973 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14975 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14980 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14982 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14984 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14985 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14986 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14987 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14990 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14991 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14992 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14997 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15001 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15003 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15006 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
15008 if (num_printed
== 0)
15010 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15011 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15013 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15016 default_collect_info ();
15019 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15020 Not supported by all targets. */
15022 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15024 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15027 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15028 Not supported by all targets. */
15030 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15032 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15035 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15037 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15039 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15045 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15047 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15048 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15049 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15051 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15052 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15054 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15058 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15060 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15062 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15063 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15064 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15068 map_breakpoint_numbers
15069 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
15071 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
15075 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15078 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15080 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15081 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
15083 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15084 tp
->number
, count
);
15087 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15089 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15090 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15091 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15094 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15096 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15099 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15100 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15101 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15103 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15105 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15106 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15108 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15110 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15112 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15114 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15116 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15117 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15120 else if (*args
== '\0')
15122 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15124 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15128 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15129 while (!parser
.finished ())
15131 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15133 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15138 struct tracepoint
*
15139 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15141 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15143 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15144 if (t
->number
== num
)
15145 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15150 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15151 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15154 struct tracepoint
*
15155 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15157 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15159 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15161 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15163 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15170 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15171 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15172 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15173 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15175 struct tracepoint
*
15176 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
15177 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15179 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15181 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15183 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15185 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15186 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15188 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15189 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15191 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15195 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15196 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15199 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15203 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15204 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15206 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15209 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15214 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15216 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15217 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15220 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15222 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15225 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15226 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15227 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15231 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15232 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15234 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15236 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15238 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15239 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15241 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15244 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15245 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15248 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15249 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15254 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15256 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15258 /* We can stop searching. */
15265 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15269 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15273 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15274 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15275 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15277 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15278 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15282 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15283 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15286 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15287 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15290 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15292 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15293 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15296 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15297 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15299 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15300 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15302 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15304 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15306 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15309 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15311 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15313 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15317 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15318 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15321 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15322 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15324 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15325 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15326 special, and not user visible. */
15327 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15329 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15332 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15334 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15338 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15339 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15342 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15345 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15348 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15350 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15353 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15356 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15358 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15361 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15363 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15364 all_tracepoints (void)
15366 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15367 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15369 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15371 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15378 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15379 locations used by several commands. */
15381 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15382 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15383 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15384 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15385 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15386 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15388 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15389 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15390 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15392 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15393 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15394 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15395 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15396 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15398 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15399 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15400 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15401 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15402 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15403 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15405 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15406 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15407 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15410 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15411 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
15412 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
15413 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15414 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15415 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15416 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15417 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15420 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15421 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15423 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15424 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15426 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
15427 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
15428 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15429 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15430 conditions are different.\n\
15432 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15434 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15435 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15437 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15438 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15441 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15442 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15443 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15444 void *user_data_catch
,
15445 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15447 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15449 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15451 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15452 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15453 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15455 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15457 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15458 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15459 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15462 struct breakpoint
*
15463 iterate_over_breakpoints (gdb::function_view
<bool (breakpoint
*)> callback
)
15465 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15476 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15477 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15480 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15482 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15483 non-inline function. */
15484 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15490 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15491 have been inlined. */
15494 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15495 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15497 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15498 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15502 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15505 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15507 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15508 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15516 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15519 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15521 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15524 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15525 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15529 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15531 static int initialized
= 0;
15533 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15539 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15540 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15541 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15542 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15543 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15544 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15545 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15546 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15547 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15548 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15549 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15550 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15552 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15553 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15554 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15555 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15556 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15557 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15558 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15559 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15561 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15562 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15563 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15564 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15565 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15566 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15567 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15568 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15569 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15570 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15572 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15573 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15574 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15575 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15576 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15577 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15578 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15580 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15581 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15582 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15583 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15584 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15585 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15586 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15588 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15589 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15590 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15591 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15592 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15593 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15594 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15597 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15598 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15599 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15600 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15601 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15602 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15603 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15604 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15605 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15606 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15607 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15608 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15609 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15611 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15612 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15613 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15614 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15615 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15616 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15617 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15618 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15619 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15620 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15621 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15624 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15625 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15626 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15627 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15628 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15629 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15630 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15631 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15632 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15633 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15635 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15636 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15637 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15638 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15639 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15641 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15642 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15643 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15644 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15645 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15646 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15648 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15649 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15650 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15651 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15652 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15653 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15654 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15655 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15656 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15657 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15659 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15660 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15661 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15662 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15663 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15664 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15665 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15666 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15667 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15668 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15670 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15671 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15672 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15673 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15674 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15675 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15676 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15677 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15678 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15679 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15681 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15682 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15683 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15684 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15685 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15686 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15687 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15688 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15689 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15690 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15691 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15693 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15694 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15695 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15696 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15697 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15698 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15699 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15700 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15701 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15704 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15706 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15708 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15710 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15712 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
15714 _initialize_breakpoint ()
15716 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15718 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15720 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15721 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15722 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15724 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15725 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15726 before a breakpoint is set. */
15727 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15729 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15731 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15732 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15733 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15735 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15736 commands_command
, _("\
15737 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15738 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15739 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15741 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15742 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15743 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15744 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15745 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15747 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
15748 static std::string condition_command_help
15749 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15750 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15751 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
15752 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
15755 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
15757 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
15758 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
15759 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
15761 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15762 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15763 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15764 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15765 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15767 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15768 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15770 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15771 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15772 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15773 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15775 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15776 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15778 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15779 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15780 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15781 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15783 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15784 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15786 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15787 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15788 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15789 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15790 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15791 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15792 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15793 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15795 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15797 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15798 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15799 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15800 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15801 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15802 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15803 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15805 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15806 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15807 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15808 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15811 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15812 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15813 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15814 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15817 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15818 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15819 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15820 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15821 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15824 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15825 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15826 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15827 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15830 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15831 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15832 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15833 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15836 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15837 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15838 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15839 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15840 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15843 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15844 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15845 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15846 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15847 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15848 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15849 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15850 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15851 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15853 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15854 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15855 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15856 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15857 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15858 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15859 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15862 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15863 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15864 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15865 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15866 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15868 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15869 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15870 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15871 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15873 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15874 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15875 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15876 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15877 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15878 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15881 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15882 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15883 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15885 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15886 is executing in.\n"
15887 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15888 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15889 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15891 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15892 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15893 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15894 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15896 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15897 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15898 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15899 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15903 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15904 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15905 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15906 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15907 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15908 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15909 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15910 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15911 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15912 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15913 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15914 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15915 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15916 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15917 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15918 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15920 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15921 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15922 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15923 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15924 breakpoint set."));
15927 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15928 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15929 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15930 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15931 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15932 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15933 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15934 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15935 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15937 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15938 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15939 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15940 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15941 breakpoint set."));
15943 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15945 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15946 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15947 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15948 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15949 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15950 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15951 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15952 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15953 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15954 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15955 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15956 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15957 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15959 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15960 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15961 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15962 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15964 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15966 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15967 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15968 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15969 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15971 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15972 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15973 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15974 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15976 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15977 catch_fork_command_1
,
15979 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15980 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15981 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15982 catch_fork_command_1
,
15984 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15985 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15986 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15987 catch_exec_command_1
,
15991 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15992 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15993 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15994 catch_load_command_1
,
15998 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15999 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16000 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16001 catch_unload_command_1
,
16006 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
16008 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
16009 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
16010 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16015 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16016 an expression changes."), opts
);
16017 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
16018 watch_help
.c_str ());
16019 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
16021 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
16022 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
16023 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16028 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16029 an expression is read."), opts
);
16030 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
16031 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
16032 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
16034 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
16035 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
16036 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16041 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
16042 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
16043 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
16044 awatch_help
.c_str ());
16045 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
16047 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
16048 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16050 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16051 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16052 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16053 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16054 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16055 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16056 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16057 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16058 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16061 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16062 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16064 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16066 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16068 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16069 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16071 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16072 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16073 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16075 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 0);
16076 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16077 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16078 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16080 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16081 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16083 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16084 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16085 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16087 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16088 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16090 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16091 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16092 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16093 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16094 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16095 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16096 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16097 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16098 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16100 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16101 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
16102 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16103 conditions are different.\n\
16105 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16106 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16107 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16109 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16110 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16111 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16112 last tracepoint set."));
16114 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16116 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16117 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16118 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16119 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16121 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16123 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16124 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16125 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16126 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16128 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16130 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16131 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16132 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16133 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16135 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16137 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16138 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16139 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16140 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16141 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16143 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
16144 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16145 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16146 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16148 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16149 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16150 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16151 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16152 session to restore them."),
16154 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16156 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16157 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16158 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16160 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16162 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16163 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16165 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
16166 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
16167 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16168 pending breakpoint behavior."),
16169 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16170 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16171 add_show_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
16172 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
16173 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16174 pending breakpoint behavior."),
16175 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16176 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16178 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16179 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16180 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16181 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16182 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16183 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16184 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16185 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16187 show_pending_break_support
,
16188 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16189 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16191 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16193 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16194 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16195 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16196 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16197 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16198 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16199 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16201 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16202 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16203 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16205 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16206 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16207 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16208 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16209 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16210 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16211 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16212 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16213 when execution stops."),
16215 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16216 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16217 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16219 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16220 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16221 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16222 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16223 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16224 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16225 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16226 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16227 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16228 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16229 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16230 be set to \"host\"."),
16231 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16232 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16233 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16234 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16236 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16237 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16238 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16239 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16240 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16241 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16242 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16243 or the start of the range\n\
16244 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16245 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16246 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16248 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16249 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16250 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16252 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16253 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16254 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16255 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16256 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16257 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16259 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16260 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16261 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16262 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16263 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16264 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16265 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16266 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16267 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16268 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16269 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16270 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16272 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16273 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16274 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16275 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
16276 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
16277 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16278 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16280 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16281 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16282 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16283 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
16284 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
16285 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16286 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16288 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16289 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16290 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16291 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16292 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16293 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16296 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16298 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16299 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
16300 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
16301 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
16302 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16304 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
16306 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16307 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);